{"title":"Bestsellers","description":"\u003cp\u003eDe meest verkochte producten van ZenXstore die nu op voorraad liggen in ons magazijn in Rosmalen: opladers en onderdelen voor e-steps, snelladers, tuinartikelen, Oakley en meer. De volgorde wordt automatisch bijgewerkt op basis van verkopen.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"usb-3-1-4-in-1-in-1-hub-zenxstore","title":"USB-C Hub for MacBook and Laptop – Aluminium, USB 3.0 up to 5 Gbps","description":"\u003ch2\u003eUSB-C hub for your MacBook and laptop\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003eUSB-C hub\u003c\/strong\u003e is a compact mini dock in a sturdy aluminium housing, designed for the MacBook and also compatible with other laptops that have a USB-C port. The USB 3.0 port transfers data at up to 5 Gbps, and the USB-C port on the hub lets you connect your charger. Plug-and-play: there is nothing to install.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHandy when your laptop has only one or two USB-C ports but you still want to connect a USB stick, external drive, printer or scanner. Because the hub is small and light, it slips easily into your laptop bag – for the office, school or working on the go. That makes this USB-C adapter a portable USB splitter for your everyday accessories.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExpands a single USB-C port with extra connections\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUSB 3.0 with transfer speeds up to 5 Gbps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUSB-C port to connect your charger through the hub\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSturdy aluminium housing that matches a MacBook\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact and lightweight, ideal for travel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlug-and-play, no drivers needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZenXstore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSB-C hub \/ mini dock\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConnection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSB-C (laptop)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eData rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSB 3.0, up to 5 Gbps\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCharging port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSB-C, to connect your charger\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHousing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZENX-LAP4IN1HUB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEAN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9502451439473\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCompatible with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMacBook, MacBook Air and MacBook Pro with USB-C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWindows laptops with USB-C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChromebooks and other devices with a USB-C port\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e1x USB-C hub\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and service\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree shipping within the Netherlands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShipped from our own warehouse in Rosmalen (NL), no dropshipping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrders are processed within 1-2 working days; delivery in the Netherlands and Belgium usually within 2-3 working days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-day cooling-off period\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePersonal customer service via support@zenxstore.nl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes this USB-C hub work with a Windows laptop or Chromebook?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the hub is compatible with laptops that have a USB-C port, so besides the MacBook it also works with most Windows laptops and Chromebooks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I charge my laptop while the hub is connected?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, connect your USB-C charger to the hub's USB-C port. Do check that your laptop supports charging via USB-C.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow fast is the USB 3.0 port?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe USB 3.0 port reaches transfer speeds up to 5 Gbps, provided the connected device also supports USB 3.0.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhy doesn't my external hard drive work through the hub?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eSome drives need more power than a hub can supply. In that case, connect your charger to the hub or use a drive with its own power supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAlso take a look at our other \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/elektronica-opladen\"\u003eelectronics and chargers\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ZenXstore","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":37163121639573,"sku":"ZENX-LAP4IN1HUB","price":22.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0495\/6225\/5509\/files\/1184x1200.jpg?v=1699565847"},{"product_id":"usb-c-hub-6-in-1-usb-splitter-usb-c-dock-usb-3-0-4k-uhd-hdmi-apple-chromebook-hp-asus-lenovo-ethernet-zenxstore","title":"USB-C Hub 6-in-1 with 4K HDMI, Ethernet and USB – Aluminium","description":"\u003ch2\u003e6-in-1 USB-C hub with HDMI and Ethernet\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003e6-in-1 USB-C hub\u003c\/strong\u003e turns a single USB-C port into a complete workstation: an HDMI output up to 4K for an external monitor or TV, an Ethernet port for wired internet and USB-A ports for your accessories. The hub has an aluminium housing and is compatible with MacBook, iPad with USB-C, Chromebook and laptops from brands such as HP, Asus and Lenovo.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIdeal for working from home or giving presentations: connect your laptop to a monitor, use a stable network cable during video calls and transfer files quickly via USB 3.0. If you are looking for a USB-C docking station or USB-C Ethernet adapter for your desk and on the go, this compact hub gives you everything in one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHDMI output up to 4K for monitor, projector or TV\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEthernet port (RJ45) for a stable wired connection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUSB 3.0 port with speeds up to 5 Gbps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtra USB 2.0 ports for mouse, keyboard or printer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAluminium housing, compact and lightweight\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorks with MacBook, iPad, Chromebook and Windows laptops with USB-C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZenXstore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSB-C hub 6-in-1\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConnection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSB-C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVideo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHDMI, up to 4K\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNetwork\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEthernet (RJ45)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSB ports\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1x USB 3.0 (up to 5 Gbps), 2x USB 2.0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHousing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZENX-6IN1HUBC-GR\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEAN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9504343424482\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCompatible with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMacBook Air and MacBook Pro with USB-C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eiPad with USB-C port\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChromebooks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWindows laptops from brands such as HP, Asus, Lenovo and Microsoft Surface with USB-C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e1x USB-C hub 6-in-1\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and service\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree shipping within the Netherlands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShipped from our own warehouse in Rosmalen (NL), no dropshipping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrders are processed within 1-2 working days; delivery in the Netherlands and Belgium usually within 2-3 working days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-day cooling-off period\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePersonal customer service via support@zenxstore.nl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I connect an external monitor through this hub?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, via the HDMI output up to 4K. Your laptop does need to support video over USB-C (DisplayPort Alt Mode); most MacBooks and modern laptops do.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes the Ethernet port work without drivers?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eIn most cases the hub is plug-and-play on macOS, Windows and ChromeOS. If the network doesn't work straight away, check your network adapter settings.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes this hub work with an iPad?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, with iPads that have a USB-C port. Which functions you can use depends on your iPad model and iPadOS version.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the difference between the USB 3.0 and USB 2.0 ports?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe USB 3.0 port is faster (up to 5 Gbps) and ideal for sticks and drives. The USB 2.0 ports are perfectly fine for a mouse, keyboard or printer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAlso take a look at our other \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/elektronica-opladen\"\u003eelectronics and chargers\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ZenXstore","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":37165538934933,"sku":"ZENX-6IN1HUBC-GR","price":18.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0495\/6225\/5509\/products\/usbchub02.jpg?v=1649533378"},{"product_id":"usb-c-hub-11-in-1-zenxstore-met-een-draadloos-oplader","title":"USB-C Hub 11-in-1 with Wireless Charger, HDMI, VGA and Ethernet","description":"\u003ch2\u003e11-in-1 USB-C hub with wireless charger\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003e11-in-1 USB-C hub\u003c\/strong\u003e is a multiport adapter and wireless charger in one: you get HDMI (up to 4K at 30 Hz), VGA (1080p at 60 Hz), Gigabit Ethernet, three USB 3.0 ports, an SD and microSD card reader, a headphone jack and a USB-C charging port, plus a charging pad for your smartphone. Compatible with MacBook and MacBook Pro with USB-C or Thunderbolt 3 and other laptops and tablets with USB-C.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIdeal for home workers and presentations: connect a monitor or projector via HDMI or VGA (both at once, showing the same image), work over a stable network cable and place your phone on top of the hub to charge it wirelessly. With this USB-C docking station you replace a whole drawer full of separate adapters.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e11 functions in one hub, including wireless charging for Qi smartphones\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHDMI up to 4K at 30 Hz and VGA up to 1080p at 60 Hz\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGigabit Ethernet (1000 Mbps) for stable internet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3x USB 3.0 with transfer speeds up to 5 Gbps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSD and microSD card reader and 3.5 mm audio jack\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUSB-C port to charge your laptop through the hub\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuiet low-speed fan keeps the hub cool during wireless charging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZenXstore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSB-C hub \/ docking station with wireless charger\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConnection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSB-C \/ Thunderbolt 3\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHDMI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1x, up to 4K at 30 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eVGA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1x, up to 1080p at 60 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSB\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3x USB 3.0 (up to 5 Gbps)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNetwork\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGigabit Ethernet (RJ45)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCard reader\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSD and microSD\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAudio\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.5 mm headphone jack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCharging port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSB-C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWireless charging\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eYes, for smartphones with wireless charging\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZENX-11IN1HUB-ROND\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEAN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9504285214264\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCompatible with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMacBook and MacBook Pro with USB-C or Thunderbolt 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWindows laptops, notebooks and tablets with USB-C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWireless charging: iPhone and other smartphones that support wireless charging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e1x 11-in-1 USB-C hub with wireless charger\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and service\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree shipping within the Netherlands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShipped from our own warehouse in Rosmalen (NL), no dropshipping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrders are processed within 1-2 working days; delivery in the Netherlands and Belgium usually within 2-3 working days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-day cooling-off period\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePersonal customer service via support@zenxstore.nl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use HDMI and VGA at the same time?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, both outputs work simultaneously and show the same image. Two different images (extended desktop) are not possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhich phones can I charge wirelessly on the hub?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eiPhones and other smartphones that support wireless charging (Qi). A thin case is usually no problem; thick or metal cases can prevent charging.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes the hub make any noise?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eDuring wireless charging a small fan runs at low speed to keep the hub cool. It is tuned to run quietly to keep noise to a minimum.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I display 4K at 60 Hz?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the HDMI port supports 4K at 30 Hz. Lower resolutions, such as 1080p, do run at 60 Hz.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes the hub work with my Windows laptop?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, if your laptop has a USB-C or Thunderbolt 3 port that supports the hub's functions, such as video over USB-C.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAlso take a look at our other \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/elektronica-opladen\"\u003eelectronics and chargers\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ZenXstore","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":37165570195605,"sku":"ZENX-11IN1HUB-ROND","price":69.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0495\/6225\/5509\/products\/frontpictute.jpg?v=1685109920"},{"product_id":"zenxstore-ipad-usb-c-hub-usb-splitter-4-poort-kabel-van-30cm-usb-c-data-usb-3-0-aluminium-space-grey-1","title":"USB-C Hub 7-in-1 for iPad Pro and Laptop – 4K HDMI, Space Grey","description":"\u003ch2\u003eiPad USB-C hub 7-in-1 in Space Grey\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003e7-in-1 iPad USB-C hub\u003c\/strong\u003e adds extra connections to your iPad Pro or USB-C laptop, including an HDMI output up to 4K at 30 Hz, a USB-C port for charging (PD), a USB-C data port, an SD\/TF card reader and a 3.5 mm audio jack. The housing is made of Space Grey aluminium, measures 98 x 34 x 10 mm and weighs just 35 grams.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe design is tailored to the iPad Pro, so the hub sits firmly against your iPad. Handy for flexible working days, on the train or on holiday: import photos from your camera, show your iPad on a screen or charge while you work. Thanks to the USB-C plug you can also use the same hub with a MacBook, Windows Surface or Chromebook.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHDMI output up to 4K at 30 Hz for an external monitor or TV\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUSB-C PD port: charge your iPad while using the hub\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSD and microSD (TF) card reader for camera and drone footage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3.5 mm audio jack for your headphones\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpace Grey aluminium housing that matches your Apple devices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall and light: 98 x 34 x 10 mm and 35 grams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZenXstore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSB-C hub 7-in-1 for iPad Pro\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHDMI\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1x, up to 4K at 30 Hz\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSB-C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1x PD charging port, 1x data\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCard reader\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSD\/SDHC\/SDXC and microSD (UHS-I), one card at a time\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAudio\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3.5 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e98 x 34 x 10 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e35 g\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium alloy, ABS and PC\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpace Grey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSystems\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWindows 7\/8\/10, macOS, Linux\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOperating temperature\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0 to 50 °C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEAN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9508675779326\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCompatible with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eiPad Pro with USB-C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMacBook with USB-C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWindows laptops and Microsoft Surface with USB-C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChromebooks with USB-C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e1x iPad USB-C hub 7-in-1\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and service\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree shipping within the Netherlands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShipped from our own warehouse in Rosmalen (NL), no dropshipping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrders are processed within 1-2 working days; delivery in the Netherlands and Belgium usually within 2-3 working days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-day cooling-off period\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePersonal customer service via support@zenxstore.nl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I charge my iPad while the hub is connected?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, connect your USB-C charger to the hub's PD charging port.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I read an SD and microSD card at the same time?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the card reader reads one card at a time. So use either the SD or the microSD slot.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat picture do I get via HDMI?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe HDMI output supports up to 4K at 30 Hz. Whether your iPad mirrors or extends the screen depends on your iPad model and iPadOS version.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes the hub also work with a laptop?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, with USB-C laptops such as a MacBook, Windows Surface or Chromebook. The hub works with Windows, macOS and Linux.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAlso take a look at our other \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/elektronica-opladen\"\u003eelectronics and chargers\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ZenXstore","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":37165594411157,"sku":"ZENX-TEL7IN1HUB","price":24.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0495\/6225\/5509\/products\/7_feb0f3f0-63a3-4955-904c-ee5448aa73b3.jpg?v=1646826044"},{"product_id":"titanium-robot-grasmaaier-mesjes-voor-husqvarna-automower-gardena-robotmaaiers-1","title":"Titanium Replacement Blades 30 pcs for Husqvarna Automower \u0026 Gardena","description":"\u003ch2\u003eTitanium replacement blades for Husqvarna Automower and Gardena robotic mowers\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese \u003cstrong\u003etitanium replacement blades for Husqvarna Automower\u003c\/strong\u003e and Gardena robotic mowers are a set of 30 compatible blades with 30 matching screws. The blades are made of stainless steel with a titanium coating that helps prevent rust. It's an affordable supply to keep your robotic mower cutting sharply all season long.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBlunt robotic mower blades tear the grass instead of cutting it cleanly, leaving the blades of grass frayed and brown. With these replacement blades for your Automower or Gardena robotic mower you can swap the blades in good time and keep your lawn neat. Because each set contains 30 blades, you can change them several times without having to reorder.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30 replacement blades and 30 screws in one set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStainless steel with titanium coating against rust\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGalvanised screws included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSharp cut for a neat and healthy lawn\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEnough for several blade changes per season\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with Husqvarna Automower and Gardena robotic mowers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZenXstore (compatible part, not original)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReplacement blades for robotic mower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 blades + 30 screws\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStainless steel with titanium coating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eScrews\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGalvanised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible with\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHusqvarna Automower and Gardena robotic mowers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEAN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9504616656961\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow to replace the blades\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eAlways switch off the robotic mower and activate the lock (for example via the stop button, PIN code or main switch, depending on your model) before tilting the mower or replacing blades. Wear work gloves, as new blades are very sharp, and follow your mower's manual. Unscrew the old screw, remove the old blade and fit the new blade with a new screw. Then check that each blade can rotate freely.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCompatible with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHusqvarna Automower robotic mowers with separate pivoting blades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGardena robotic mowers with separate pivoting blades\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30x titanium replacement blade\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e30x galvanised screw\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and service\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree shipping within the Netherlands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShipped from our own warehouse in Rosmalen (NL), no dropshipping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrders are processed within 1-2 working days; delivery in the Netherlands and Belgium usually within 2-3 working days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-day cooling-off period\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePersonal customer service via support@zenxstore.nl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eAre these blades compatible with my Husqvarna Automower or Gardena robotic mower?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThey are intended for Husqvarna Automower and Gardena robotic mowers that use separate pivoting blades on a cutting disc. If in doubt, compare your current blade with the product photo or email us your model number.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eAre screws included with the replacement blades?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the set contains 30 blades and 30 matching galvanised screws. Replace the screw each time you change a blade.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow often should I replace my robotic mower's blades?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThat depends on your lawn and how often the mower runs. If you see frayed blades of grass or a poorer cutting result, it's time for new blades. Always replace all the blades on the cutting disc at the same time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eAre these original Husqvarna blades?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, these are compatible replacement blades from ZenXstore. Husqvarna, Automower and Gardena are trademarks of their respective owners and are mentioned only to indicate compatibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAlso take a look at the other lawn and garden products in our \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/wonen-tuin\"\u003eHome \u0026amp; Garden\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ZenXstore","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":37202195447957,"sku":"unstamp","price":12.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0495\/6225\/5509\/products\/Untitled-1_f23834c6-51a6-48ef-ab39-8d02cb9e5074.jpg?v=1604859820"},{"product_id":"11-inch-tablet-apple-i-pad-hoes-bij-fatboy-model-tuxedo-ultime-geschikt-voor-alle-tablets-t-m-12-inch-stoot-water-en-stofbestendig-2","title":"Fatboy Tablet Tuxedo Tablet Sleeve for iPad and Tablets up to 11 Inches","description":"\u003ch2\u003eFatboy Tablet Tuxedo: tablet sleeve for iPad and other tablets\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eFatboy Tablet Tuxedo\u003c\/strong\u003e is a universal tablet sleeve with a nylon exterior and a soft neoprene interior that absorbs knocks. The sleeve measures 28.5 x 22 x 4 cm and weighs approximately 200 grams. It fits the iPad Pro 11 inch, iPad Air 10.9 inch, iPad 10.2 inch and iPad mini, among others, as well as Samsung and Lenovo tablets of that size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSlide your tablet in and carry it safely in your bag – to school, the office or on your travels. The sleeve protects against scratches, dust and splashes and has the playful Fatboy look. Choose your colour: orange, pink or green.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUniversal iPad sleeve for tablets up to about 11 inches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNylon exterior, soft neoprene interior\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtects against knocks, scratches, dust and splashes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight: approximately 200 grams\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistinctive Fatboy design in three colours\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFatboy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTablet Tuxedo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTablet sleeve\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSleeve dimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e28.5 x 22 x 4 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNylon (outside), neoprene (inside)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 200 grams\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOrange, pink, green\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEAN orange\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9503956379455\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEAN pink\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9504542187911\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEAN green\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9504359227459\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCompatible with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApple iPad Pro 11 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApple iPad Air 10.9 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApple iPad 10.2 inch and iPad up to 10th generation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApple iPad mini 8.3 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSamsung Galaxy Tab 8 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLenovo Tab M10, M11 and P11\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot sure? Measure your tablet: devices smaller than the outer dimensions of 28.5 x 22 cm usually fit, with some room for the neoprene lining.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e1x Fatboy Tablet Tuxedo tablet sleeve\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and service\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree shipping within the Netherlands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShipped from our own warehouse in Rosmalen (NL), no dropshipping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrders are processed within 1-2 working days; delivery in the Netherlands and Belgium usually within 2-3 working days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-day cooling-off period\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePersonal customer service via support@zenxstore.nl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill my iPad fit in the Fatboy Tablet Tuxedo?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe sleeve fits the iPad Pro 11 inch, iPad Air 10.9 inch, iPad 10.2 inch and iPad mini, among others. It is too small for an iPad Pro 12.9 or 13 inch.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs the tablet sleeve water-repellent?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe nylon exterior protects against dust and splashes. Do not submerge the sleeve or leave it out in the rain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow do I clean the sleeve?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith a soft cloth, lukewarm water and a little liquid soap if needed. Do not use alcohol or ammonia.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I also fit a small laptop in it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly if it is smaller than about 28.5 x 22 cm; most laptops are too large for it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAlso take a look at our \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/elektronica-opladen\"\u003eelectronics and charging\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Fatboy","offers":[{"title":"orange","offer_id":37213846077589,"sku":"orangetablet","price":14.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"pink","offer_id":56361654944070,"sku":"pinktablet","price":14.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"green","offer_id":56361654976838,"sku":"greentablet","price":14.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0495\/6225\/5509\/products\/2_834_12.jpg?v=1604949712"},{"product_id":"magsafe-draadloze-oplader-2-in-1-wireless-charger-geschikt-voor-alle-apple-watch-ultra-en-iphone-12-13-14-15-series","title":"2-in-1 Wireless Charger for iPhone and Apple Watch – Foldable","description":"\u003ch2\u003e2-in-1 wireless charger for iPhone and Apple Watch\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith this \u003cstrong\u003e2-in-1 wireless charger\u003c\/strong\u003e you charge your iPhone and Apple Watch at the same time, in one compact spot. The magnetic charging surface is designed for the iPhone 12, 13, 14 and 15 series and charges at up to 15W; the second surface is for your Apple Watch, including Ultra. The charger folds 180 degrees, so it's easy to take with you.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo more two separate cables next to your bed or on your desk. Put down your phone and watch and both charge wirelessly. You can also place other Qi devices, such as smartphones from other brands or earbuds with a wireless charging case, on the phone surface. A built-in chip regulates the charging current to protect the battery during fast charging.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCharges iPhone and Apple Watch at the same time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMagnetic charging surface, up to 15W for your phone\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFoldable (180 degrees): compact for travel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmart chip regulates the charging current\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlso works with other Qi smartphones and earbuds with a wireless case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFewer cables on your bedside table or desk\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZenXstore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2-in-1 magnetic wireless charger (phone + watch)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutput\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 15W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQi wireless charging\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDesign\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFoldable, 180 degrees\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible with\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPhone 12 to 15 series; Apple Watch including Ultra; Qi devices\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEAN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7434947939919\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow to use the 2-in-1 charger\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnfold the charger and connect it to a USB adapter with sufficient power.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace your iPhone on the magnetic surface; it snaps into the right position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace your Apple Watch on the watch surface and check that the charging icon appears.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e1x 2-in-1 wireless charger\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and service\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree shipping within the Netherlands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShipped from our own warehouse in Rosmalen (NL), no dropshipping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrders are processed within 1-2 working days; delivery in the Netherlands and Belgium usually within 2-3 working days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-day cooling-off period\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePersonal customer service via support@zenxstore.nl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I really charge my iPhone and Apple Watch at the same time?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the charger has a separate surface for your phone and for your watch, so both charge wirelessly at the same time.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes this wireless charger work with Android phones?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, if your phone supports Qi wireless charging. Only iPhones with MagSafe snap on magnetically.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhy does my phone charge more slowly than expected?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe charging speed depends on the adapter you use. Use a USB adapter with sufficient power for faster charging.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes the charger work through a case?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, through thin cases without metal. Remove cards from a wallet case before charging.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAlso take a look at our other \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/elektronica-opladen\"\u003echargers and electronics\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ZenXstore","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":37825134166165,"sku":"ZENX-DUALLADER+ADAPA","price":19.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0495\/6225\/5509\/products\/zenxstore.nlmagsafedoublecharger4.jpg?v=1649587919"},{"product_id":"iphone-usb-c-lader-usb-c-power-adapter-apple-iphone-14-pro-14-promax-iphone-11-12-13-2","title":"20W USB-C Fast Charger with Cable – compatible with iPhone and iPad","description":"\u003ch2\u003eiPhone fast charger 20W with USB-C port and cable\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003e20W iPhone fast charger\u003c\/strong\u003e is a compact USB-C adapter with a USB-C cable included, suitable for fast charging iPhones from the iPhone 8 onwards. At 20W, a compatible iPhone charges to around 50% in about 30 minutes. With a matching USB-C cable you can also fast-charge an iPad Pro.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIdeal as an extra or replacement charger for home, work or your bag. The adapter is small and takes up little space at the socket. If you have an iPhone 15 or newer, use a USB-C to USB-C cable; for older iPhones with Lightning, use a USB-C to Lightning cable. Many people also search for this adapter as a 'fast charger' or 'USB-C charging plug'.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e20W output for fast charging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUSB-C port, fits modern cables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAround 50% in 30 minutes on iPhone 8 and newer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUSB-C cable included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact size, handy on the go\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan also be used for iPad and other USB-C devices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZenXstore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSB-C fast charger \/ charging plug\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutput\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdapter port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSB-C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSB-C cable included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFast charging\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPhone 8 and newer\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEAN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8720387803330\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCompatible with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eiPhone 8, 8 Plus, X, XR, XS and SE (2nd and 3rd generation)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eiPhone 11, 12, 13 and 14 series (with USB-C to Lightning cable)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eiPhone 15 and newer (with USB-C to USB-C cable)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eiPad Pro and other devices that charge via USB-C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x 20W USB-C fast charger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x USB-C cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and service\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree shipping within the Netherlands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShipped from our own warehouse in Rosmalen (NL), no dropshipping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrders are processed within 1-2 working days; delivery in the Netherlands and Belgium usually within 2-3 working days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-day cooling-off period\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePersonal customer service via support@zenxstore.nl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow fast does my iPhone charge with this 20W fast charger?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn iPhone 8 or newer fast-charges to around 50% in about 30 minutes, depending on the model and battery condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhich cable is included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eA USB-C cable is included. If you want to be sure it fits your device, email us at support@zenxstore.nl.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes this fast charger work with the iPhone 15?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the iPhone 15 and newer charge via USB-C. Use a USB-C to USB-C cable for this.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I also charge my iPad with it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, with a matching USB-C cable you can also charge an iPad, such as an iPad Pro.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAlso take a look at our other \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/elektronica-opladen\"\u003echargers and electronics\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ZenXstore","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":37825149501589,"sku":"trktekehk","price":20.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0495\/6225\/5509\/products\/zenxstore_95d16c69-f10f-47a8-b632-9d3d69d4c801.jpg?v=1646825968"},{"product_id":"draadloos-auto-oplader-voor-iphone-en-andere-merken","title":"Magnetic Wireless Car Charger and Phone Mount – Green, White, Orange","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMagnetic wireless car charger for iPhone\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003emagnetic wireless car charger\u003c\/strong\u003e is a phone mount and charger in one. Your phone snaps on magnetically, centres itself automatically on the charging coil and charges wirelessly with a peak output of up to 15 W. Compatible with iPhone and other smartphones that support wireless charging, and available in green, white and orange.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHandy for navigation and hands-free calling: your phone is held firmly in view with one hand and the battery stays full, without a loose cable to your device. Several strong magnets keep your phone steady in place, even through bends and over speed bumps. Ideal for the daily commute and long drives.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMagnetic mounting with several strong magnets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWireless charging up to 15 W (peak)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic centring on the charging coil\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAttach and remove with one hand\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePhone mount and charger in one\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor iPhone and other smartphones with wireless charging\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in green, white and orange\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZenXstore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic wireless car charger \/ phone mount\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWireless charging output\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 15 W (peak)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePhone mounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGreen, white, orange\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEAN green\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8720387803897\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEAN white\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7434953990911\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEAN orange\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7434947817842\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCompatible with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eiPhone models with wireless charging (MagSafe models snap on directly)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAndroid smartphones with wireless charging (Qi), with a magnetic ring or magnetic case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e1x magnetic wireless car charger\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and service\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree shipping within the Netherlands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShipped from our own warehouse in Rosmalen (NL), no dropshipping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrders are processed within 1-2 working days; delivery in the Netherlands and Belgium usually within 2-3 working days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-day cooling-off period\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePersonal customer service via support@zenxstore.nl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes the car charger work with Android?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, with smartphones that support wireless charging. For the magnetic grip on Android you need a magnetic ring or magnetic case.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill my phone stay in place while driving?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, several strong magnets keep your phone steady in place. With thick cases the grip may be weaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I charge with a case on?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, with a thin or MagSafe-compatible case. Thick, metal or non-magnetic cases can reduce grip and charging.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the difference between the colours?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly the colour differs: green, white or orange. Function and charging output are the same.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAlso take a look at our other \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/elektronica-opladen\"\u003eelectronics and chargers\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ZenXstore","offers":[{"title":"green","offer_id":39288548098197,"sku":"ZENX-AUTOLADER-GR","price":22.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"white","offer_id":56361654747462,"sku":"ZENX-AUTOLADER-WIT","price":22.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"orange","offer_id":56361654780230,"sku":"ZENX-AUTOLADER-OR","price":22.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0495\/6225\/5509\/products\/green.jpg?v=1685110214"},{"product_id":"elektrische-step-beugel-bij-zenxstore","title":"Mudguard Bracket for Xiaomi M365 \/ M365 Pro – Rear Mudguard Support","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMudguard bracket for the Xiaomi M365 and M365 Pro\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003emudguard bracket for the Xiaomi M365\u003c\/strong\u003e is a lightweight support for the rear mudguard of your electric scooter. The bracket holds the mudguard in the right position, stops it from hitting the road or the wheel and keeps the rear light cable away from the tyre. Compatible with the Xiaomi M365 and M365 Pro.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA loose or broken rear mudguard is a well-known problem on the M365: the mudguard starts to vibrate, touches the wheel and eventually snaps off. With this mudguard bracket (also called a rear mudguard support) the mudguard is held firmly in place again, so mud and rainwater don't splash onto your clothes. You fit it using the existing bolts at the rear light.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeeps the rear mudguard stable in place\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStops the mudguard from hitting the road or the wheel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeeps the rear light cable away from the tyre\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReduces spray and mud on your clothes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits with the existing rear light bolts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight, you won't notice it while riding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZenXstore (compatible with Xiaomi)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMudguard bracket \/ rear mudguard support\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible with\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXiaomi M365, Xiaomi M365 Pro\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePosition\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear, at the rear light\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUsing the existing rear light bolts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEAN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8720387803231\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCompatible with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eXiaomi M365\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eXiaomi M365 Pro\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDo you have a different model, such as a D8 with the same mudguard mounting? Send us a photo of the rear of your scooter first and we'll take a look with you.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow to fit the mudguard bracket\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwitch off the scooter and unfold it on a stable surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnscrew the rear light screw.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAttach the bracket using the existing bolts and refit the rear light.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck that the mudguard does not touch the wheel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e1x mudguard bracket for the electric scooter\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and service\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree shipping within the Netherlands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShipped from our own warehouse in Rosmalen (NL), no dropshipping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrders are processed within 1-2 working days; delivery in the Netherlands and Belgium usually within 2-3 working days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-day cooling-off period\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePersonal customer service via support@zenxstore.nl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes this mudguard bracket fit the Xiaomi M365 Pro?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the bracket is intended for the Xiaomi M365 and the M365 Pro.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need extra screws for fitting?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, you attach the bracket with the existing rear light bolts. All you need is a suitable Allen key.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhy does the M365 rear mudguard break so quickly?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe mudguard is only attached at the rear and vibrates over bumps. A mudguard bracket gives extra support so it moves less.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs this a complete mudguard?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, this is the bracket that supports the mudguard. If you are looking for a new rear mudguard with hook, take a look at our mudguard sets for the M365.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAlso take a look at the other parts and accessories for your electric scooter in our \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/e-mobility\"\u003eE-mobility\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ZenXstore","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40041930096789,"sku":"ZENX-TASHOUDER-STEP","price":10.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0495\/6225\/5509\/products\/2_6c1af38a-41ec-48fc-ae78-1111a77dce92.jpg?v=1620679089"},{"product_id":"zenxstore-snellader-3-0-3-1-sigarettenaansteker-voor-auto","title":"Car Charger Cigarette Lighter Dual USB – Quick Charge 3.0 + 3.1A","description":"\u003ch2\u003eUSB car charger for the cigarette lighter socket\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003ePlug this \u003cstrong\u003eUSB car charger\u003c\/strong\u003e into your car's cigarette lighter or 12V socket and charge two devices at the same time. It has a Quick Charge 3.0 port and a 3.1A port, with a combined maximum output of 30 W. The compact charger has an aluminium housing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHandy on the commute or on long drives: you charge your phone for navigation while your passenger charges a second device at the same time. Devices that support Quick Charge 3.0 charge faster via the QC port; an iPhone doesn't support QC 3.0 but charges via the 3.1A port. A smart chip recognises the connected device and adjusts the current automatically.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo USB-A ports: Quick Charge 3.0 + 3.1A\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUp to 30 W combined, charge two devices at once\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmart chip matches the charging current to your device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtection against overload, overheating, overvoltage and short circuit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAluminium housing, compact size\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits a standard cigarette lighter or 12V socket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZenXstore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSB car charger (cigarette lighter)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePorts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2x USB-A: 1x Quick Charge 3.0, 1x 3.1A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaximum output\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e30 W (total)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConnection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12V cigarette lighter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProtection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOvercurrent, overheating, overvoltage, short circuit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHousing\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEAN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7434956527534\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCompatible with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAndroid phones with Quick Charge 3.0, such as many Samsung and Xiaomi models\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eiPhone (via the 3.1A port, with your own cable)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTablets, sat navs, dashcams and other USB devices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCars, campervans and vans with a 12V socket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e1x car charger with dual USB port\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and service\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree shipping within the Netherlands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShipped from our own warehouse in Rosmalen (NL), no dropshipping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrders are processed within 1-2 working days; delivery in the Netherlands and Belgium usually within 2-3 working days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-day cooling-off period\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePersonal customer service via support@zenxstore.nl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs a cable included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, use your own USB-A cable (USB-C, Micro USB or Lightning) for your phone or tablet.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill my iPhone charge fast with this car charger?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn iPhone doesn't support Quick Charge 3.0, but it does charge via the 3.1A port. For the fastest iPhone charging you need a USB-C PD charger.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill the car charger fit my car?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, if your car has a standard cigarette lighter or 12V socket.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I also use it in a lorry with 24V?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis has not been specified by the manufacturer. If in doubt, contact us via support@zenxstore.nl.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAlso take a look at our other \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/elektronica-opladen\"\u003eelectronics and chargers\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ZenXstore","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40042148462741,"sku":"ZENX-SIGARETLADER","price":9.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0495\/6225\/5509\/products\/b146d3a173e4b286ae139d2ded04a0fb.jpg?v=1653643511"},{"product_id":"quick-charge-pro-oplader-3-0-usb-a","title":"Quick Charge 3.0 USB-A Fast Charger – Black or White","description":"\u003ch2\u003eQuick Charge 3.0 USB-A fast charger\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003eQuick Charge 3.0 fast charger\u003c\/strong\u003e is a compact plug charger with a USB-A port for the wall socket. Devices that support Quick Charge 3.0 charge faster with it than with a standard 5V charger, and the charger is also backwards compatible with devices that use QC 2.0 or QC 1.0. Available in black and white.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse the charger with your own USB-A cable for your smartphone, earbuds, power bank or your smartwatch's USB-A charging cable. Devices without Quick Charge, such as iPhones and the Apple Watch, simply charge at their normal speed. Thanks to its small size, this fast charger fits in your coat pocket, handbag or laptop bag – handy as a travel charger or a spare next to your bed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick Charge 3.0 for faster charging of compatible devices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBackwards compatible with QC 2.0 and QC 1.0\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlso works with regular USB-A devices at normal speed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact and light, handy when travelling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in black and white\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse your own USB-A cable of choice\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZenXstore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSB-A plug charger \/ fast charger\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFast charging technology\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuick Charge 3.0 (compatible with QC 2.0 and 1.0)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutput\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSB-A\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack, white\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEAN black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7434955427491\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEAN white\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7434946691610\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow to use the fast charger\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003ePlug the charger into the wall socket, connect your own USB-A cable and attach it to your device. If your device supports Quick Charge, it switches to fast charging automatically; other devices charge at their standard speed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e1x Quick Charge 3.0 USB-A charger (black or white)\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and service\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree shipping within the Netherlands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShipped from our own warehouse in Rosmalen (NL), no dropshipping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrders are processed within 1-2 working days; delivery in the Netherlands and Belgium usually within 2-3 working days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-day cooling-off period\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePersonal customer service via support@zenxstore.nl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill my iPhone charge faster with this Quick Charge charger?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, iPhones don't support Quick Charge. They do charge, but at normal USB-A speed. To fast-charge an iPhone you need a USB-C PD charger.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I charge my Apple Watch with this charger?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, if you have an Apple Watch charging cable with a USB-A plug. The Watch charges at its normal speed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs a cable included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, you only get the plug charger. Use your own USB-A cable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhich phones support Quick Charge 3.0?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eMainly Android devices with a Qualcomm Snapdragon chip. Check your phone's specifications if you're unsure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAlso take a look at our other \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/elektronica-opladen\"\u003eelectronics and chargers\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ZenXstore","offers":[{"title":"Black","offer_id":40169148022933,"sku":"ZENX-ADAPTER-AZWART","price":9.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"White","offer_id":56361654583622,"sku":"ZENX-ADAPTER-AWIT","price":9.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0495\/6225\/5509\/products\/white2zenxstore.nl.jpg?v=1622267558"},{"product_id":"xiaomi-elektrische-step-spatbord-set-rood-zwart","title":"Rear Mudguard Set for Xiaomi M365 \/ Pro with Hook – Red or Black\/Grey","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRear mudguard set for the Xiaomi M365 and M365 Pro\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003emudguard set for the Xiaomi M365\u003c\/strong\u003e is a complete replacement rear mudguard with hook, hook cover, three screws and three rubber screw caps. The plastic mudguard measures 31 x 10 x 6 cm and fits the Xiaomi M365, M365 Pro, D8, E9 Pro, Kick\u0026amp;Move 250W and Phaewo X10. Choose from red or black\/grey.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA broken or crooked rear mudguard is one of the most frequently replaced parts of an electric scooter. With this set you replace the mudguard and the hook that the handlebar stem clips into when folding, all in one go. The rubber caps cover the screws for a neat finish. That keeps mud and spray off your clothes and your scooter again.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplete rear mudguard with hook and hook cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes 3 screws and 3 rubber screw caps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits Xiaomi M365, M365 Pro, D8 and E9 Pro\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProtects your clothes from mud and spray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChoice of red or black\/grey\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplaces a broken or loose mudguard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZenXstore (compatible with Xiaomi)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRear mudguard with hook\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlastic\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDimensions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e31 x 10 x 6 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed, black\/grey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible with\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eXiaomi M365, M365 Pro, D8, E9 Pro, Kick\u0026amp;Move 250W, Phaewo X10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEAN red\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8720387803293\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEAN black\/grey\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8720387803194\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCompatible with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eXiaomi M365 and Mijia M365\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eXiaomi M365 Pro\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eD8 and E9 Pro\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKick\u0026amp;Move 250W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePhaewo X10\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow to fit the mudguard\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnscrew the old mudguard and the rear light.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove the old mudguard and the hook.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFit the new mudguard with the hook and secure it with the supplied screws.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePress the rubber caps onto the screws and check that the mudguard runs clear of the tyre.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x rear mudguard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x rear mudguard hook\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x hook cover\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3x screw for the rear mudguard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3x rubber screw cap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and service\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree shipping within the Netherlands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShipped from our own warehouse in Rosmalen (NL), no dropshipping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrders are processed within 1-2 working days; delivery in the Netherlands and Belgium usually within 2-3 working days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-day cooling-off period\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePersonal customer service via support@zenxstore.nl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs a front mudguard also included in this set?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, this is a rear set: the rear mudguard with hook, hook cover, screws and rubber caps.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes this mudguard fit the Xiaomi M365 Pro?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the set fits the Xiaomi M365 and M365 Pro, as well as the D8, E9 Pro, Kick\u0026amp;Move 250W and Phaewo X10.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the difference between the colours?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly the colour: red or black\/grey. The size and contents of the set are the same.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I replace the mudguard myself?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, with an Allen key you can swap the mudguard in a few minutes. You use the supplied screws.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAlso take a look at the other parts and accessories for your electric scooter in our \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/e-mobility\"\u003eE-mobility\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ZenXstore","offers":[{"title":"red","offer_id":40174027341973,"sku":"QLS-FenderRed","price":22.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"black\/grey","offer_id":56361654518086,"sku":"QLS-Fender","price":22.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0495\/6225\/5509\/products\/Hc5d1d6f4d8b44fd7a941e38d0df483edV.jpg?v=1622356767"},{"product_id":"mini-usb-kabel-3-meters-geschikt-voor-playstation-4-smartphones-en-nog-meer","title":"Mini USB Cable 3 Metres – USB-A to Mini USB, USB 2.0","description":"\u003ch2\u003e3-metre Mini USB cable\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003e3-metre Mini USB cable\u003c\/strong\u003e connects a device with a Mini USB port (Mini-B) to a regular USB-A port on your computer, charger or console. The cable works to the USB 2.0 standard and is suitable for charging and data transfer at speeds up to 480 Mbps.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThanks to its 3-metre length you can, for example, charge a PlayStation 3 controller from the sofa, or connect a digital camera, sat nav, older external hard drive or MP3 player to your computer without having to sit right next to it. Please note: Mini USB is a different, larger plug than Micro USB or USB-C. So compare the plug with your device's port before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExtra long: 3 metres of freedom of movement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCharging and data transfer through one cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUSB 2.0 with speeds up to 480 Mbps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard USB-A plug for computer, charger or console\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor cameras, sat navs, PS3 controllers and other Mini USB devices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZenXstore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConnectors\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSB-A (male) to Mini USB-B (male)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLength\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 metres\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSB 2.0\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eData rate\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUp to 480 Mbps\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFunction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCharging and data\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEAN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8720387803040\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCompatible with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlayStation 3 controller (DualShock 3)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDigital cameras and camcorders with Mini USB\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSat navs and dashcams with Mini USB\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOlder external hard drives and MP3 players with Mini USB\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e1x Mini USB cable 3 metres\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and service\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree shipping within the Netherlands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShipped from our own warehouse in Rosmalen (NL), no dropshipping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrders are processed within 1-2 working days; delivery in the Netherlands and Belgium usually within 2-3 working days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-day cooling-off period\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePersonal customer service via support@zenxstore.nl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs Mini USB the same as Micro USB or USB-C?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Mini USB is a larger, older connector. Compare the plug with your device's port before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes this cable work with a PS4 controller?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the original PS4 DualShock 4 has a Micro USB port. This Mini USB cable does fit the PS3 controller (DualShock 3).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I transfer photos from my camera with this cable?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, if your camera has a Mini USB port. The cable supports data transfer up to 480 Mbps (USB 2.0).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs a mains plug included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, you connect the cable to a USB-A port on your computer, console or a USB charger.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAlso take a look at our other \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/elektronica-opladen\"\u003eelectronics and chargers\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ZenXstore","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40175462580373,"sku":"ZENX-PS4LADER-3M","price":10.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0495\/6225\/5509\/products\/HTB18y0Mbx2rK1RkSnhJq6ykdpXaD.jpg?v=1622370988"},{"product_id":"apple-lightning-naar-usb-c-kabel-1-meter-apple-20w-adapter-3","title":"20W USB-C Adapter with Lightning to USB-C Cable 1 m – for iPhone","description":"\u003ch2\u003eiPhone charger set: 20W USB-C adapter with Lightning cable\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003eiPhone charger\u003c\/strong\u003e set consists of a 20W USB-C adapter and a 1-metre Lightning to USB-C cable. Together they fast-charge iPhones from the iPhone 8 onwards to around 50% in about 30 minutes. The set is intended for iPhones and iPads with a Lightning port.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHandy as a complete spare charger for home, work or your bag. With the same cable you can charge and sync your iPhone or iPad via the USB-C port of a MacBook. You can also charge an iPod or Lightning accessories with it, though not at extra speed. If you have an iPhone 15 or newer with USB-C, choose a fast charger with a USB-C to USB-C cable instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplete set: 20W USB-C adapter and Lightning cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFast charging: around 50% in 30 minutes from iPhone 8 onwards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1-metre cable for plenty of freedom of movement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCable also for data transfer with a USB-C MacBook\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor iPhone, iPad and AirPods with Lightning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReady to use straight away\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZenXstore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCharging set: USB-C adapter + cable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdapter output\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdapter port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSB-C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLightning to USB-C, 1 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible with\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPhone 8 to 14 series, iPhone SE, iPad and AirPods with Lightning\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEAN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7434946170139\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCompatible with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eiPhone 8, 8 Plus, X, XR, XS and SE (2nd and 3rd generation)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eiPhone 11, 12, 13 and 14 series\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eiPad models with a Lightning port\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAirPods with Lightning charging case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eNot suitable for the iPhone 15 and newer: these have a USB-C port.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x 20W USB-C adapter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x Lightning to USB-C cable (1 m)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and service\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree shipping within the Netherlands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShipped from our own warehouse in Rosmalen (NL), no dropshipping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrders are processed within 1-2 working days; delivery in the Netherlands and Belgium usually within 2-3 working days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-day cooling-off period\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePersonal customer service via support@zenxstore.nl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes this charger set work with the iPhone 15?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe adapter does, the cable doesn't: the iPhone 15 and newer have USB-C. Use a USB-C to USB-C cable instead.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow fast does my iPhone charge with this set?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eFrom the iPhone 8 onwards, around 50% in 30 minutes, depending on the model and battery condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I also transfer data with the cable?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, via the USB-C port of a MacBook, for example, you can charge and sync your iPhone or iPad.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes the adapter work with other cables too?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the adapter has a standard USB-C port and works with any matching USB-C cable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAlso take a look at our other \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/elektronica-opladen\"\u003echargers and electronics\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ZenXstore","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":40460550111381,"sku":"ZENX-ADAPTER+LADER","price":19.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0495\/6225\/5509\/products\/1197x1200.jpg?v=1662733750"},{"product_id":"zenxstore-ophangbeugel-zenxstore-fiets-ophangsysteem-muurbeugel-voor-fiets-en-step-fietsbeugel-met-plafondbeugel-1","title":"Bike Storage System Wall and Ceiling Bracket – 1 Piece, for Bike and E-Scooter","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBike storage system for wall or ceiling: one bike or scooter neatly stored\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003ebike storage system\u003c\/strong\u003e is a steel hanging bracket that lets you hang one bike or electric scooter on the wall or from the ceiling. The set includes a wall bracket and a ceiling bracket, so you decide which mounting suits your garage, storage room or shed best. The hook has a rubber coating so your frame or handlebars won't get scratched.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA bike or scooter standing on the floor falls over, gets in the way and takes up exactly the floor space you need. With this bike bracket you give one bike or scooter a fixed place: against the wall in a narrow hallway or storage room, or overhead on the garage ceiling. Have two bikes or scooters? Then the set of 2 is better value.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWall or ceiling mounting: both brackets are included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor most bikes and electric scooters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSteel bracket with rubber hook that prevents scratches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrees up floor space in garage, storage room, shed or hallway\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact design that takes up little space on the wall\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixing materials included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZenXstore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBike and scooter hanging bracket (wall and ceiling)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSteel, hook with rubber coating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWall or ceiling\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuantity\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1 storage system\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSKU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZENX-STEPBEUGEL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEAN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8720387803224\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow to fit the bike bracket\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChoose wall or ceiling and check there is enough free space for the length of your bike or scooter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDrill into a solid surface, such as a brick wall, concrete ceiling or wooden beam.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor a cavity wall or plasterboard, use plugs designed for that purpose, or screw the bracket into a stud.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHang your bike or scooter by the wheel or frame on the rubber hook.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x wall bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x ceiling bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFixing materials\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and service\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree shipping within the Netherlands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShipped from our own warehouse in Rosmalen (NL), no dropshipping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrders are processed within 1-2 working days; delivery in the Netherlands and Belgium usually within 2-3 working days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-day cooling-off period\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePersonal customer service via support@zenxstore.nl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I hang an electric scooter on this bike storage system?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the bracket is designed for most bikes and electric scooters. For a heavy scooter, always mount it in a solid wall or beam.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eShould I choose the wall bracket or the ceiling bracket?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOn the wall, your bike or scooter hangs vertically and close to the floor, which is handy in a narrow storage room. On the ceiling, it hangs overhead, which is handy if you want to keep your floor and walls clear.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I mount the bracket in plasterboard?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly with plugs suitable for cavity walls, or by screwing the bracket into a wooden stud behind the board.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the difference with the set of 2?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis is one storage system for one bike or scooter. The set of 2 gives you two complete systems, each with a wall and ceiling bracket.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFind more handy items for your home and garage in our \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/wonen-tuin\"\u003eHome \u0026amp; Garden\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ZenXstore","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42110112432277,"sku":"ZENX-STEPBEUGEL","price":19.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0495\/6225\/5509\/products\/b9933997544cbadaa25b7a706890b63c.jpg?v=1648831045"},{"product_id":"magsafe-usb-c-adapter-snellader-voor-iphone-15-14-13-12-11-apple-smartwatch-8-7-6-5-2","title":"Magnetic Wireless Charger USB-C for iPhone 15, 14, 13 and 12","description":"\u003ch2\u003eMagnetic MagSafe-compatible charger with USB-C for iPhone\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003emagnetic wireless charger\u003c\/strong\u003e with USB-C plug snaps onto the back of your iPhone and starts charging straight away. The charging pad is compatible with iPhones with MagSafe, such as the iPhone 12, 13, 14 and 15 series. No adapter is included: you connect the USB-C plug to your own USB-C adapter, laptop or power bank.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA compact MagSafe-compatible charger that's easy to take to work or on your travels. Because the magnets hold your phone in the right place, your iPhone is always positioned correctly, even when you use it in bed or at your desk. An iPhone 11 also charges via Qi but doesn't snap on magnetically. According to the supplier's information, the charging pad can also be used for Apple Watch Series 5 to 8.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMagnets hold your iPhone in the right place\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUSB-C plug: works with an adapter, laptop or power bank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor iPhone 12 to 15 with MagSafe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact and light, handy on the go\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorks through a MagSafe case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan also be used with Qi phones without magnets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZenXstore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMagnetic wireless charger\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eConnection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSB-C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdapter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNot included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible with\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPhone 12, 13, 14 and 15 series (magnetic); iPhone 11 (Qi, without magnet)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEAN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8720387803507\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow to use the MagSafe-compatible charger\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlug the USB-C connector into a USB-C adapter (preferably 20W or more), laptop or power bank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHold the charging pad against the back of your iPhone; the magnets put it in the right position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemove cards and metal objects from between the phone and the charger.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e1x magnetic wireless charger with USB-C plug (without adapter)\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and service\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree shipping within the Netherlands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShipped from our own warehouse in Rosmalen (NL), no dropshipping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrders are processed within 1-2 working days; delivery in the Netherlands and Belgium usually within 2-3 working days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-day cooling-off period\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePersonal customer service via support@zenxstore.nl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes this magnetic charger also snap onto an iPhone 11?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the iPhone 11 has no built-in MagSafe magnets. It does charge wirelessly; for magnetic grip, use a MagSafe case.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs an adapter included with the MagSafe-compatible charger?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Use a USB-C adapter of at least 20W for a decent charging speed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes the charger work through a case?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, through a MagSafe case or a thin case without metal.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I connect it to my laptop?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it also works on a laptop's USB-C port, although your iPhone will usually charge more slowly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAlso take a look at our other \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/elektronica-opladen\"\u003echargers and electronics\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ZenXstore","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42294375907477,"sku":"ZENX-MAGSAFE","price":22.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0495\/6225\/5509\/files\/Scherm_afbeelding2024-03-01om06.09.52.png?v=1709269820"},{"product_id":"remschijf-slot-voor-elektrische-step-e-step-1","title":"Disc Brake Lock for Electric Scooter with Steel Cable and Holder – Red\/Black","description":"\u003ch2\u003eDisc brake lock for your electric scooter\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou clamp this \u003cstrong\u003edisc brake lock for your electric scooter\u003c\/strong\u003e onto the brake disc so the wheel can no longer turn. The lock comes with 2 keys, a retractable steel cable and a holder for attaching the lock to your scooter. Suitable for electric scooters, bikes and motorbikes with a disc brake, in red with black.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003ePopping into a shop, hopping on a train or sitting on a terrace? With a disc brake lock you don't have to lug your scooter everywhere. The lock blocks the brake disc, so riding off is impossible. Connect the steel cable to the lock and your handlebars as a reminder, so you don't forget to unlock it before you ride away. The holder means you always have the lock to hand.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBlocks the wheel via the brake disc\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact and light, easy to carry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWith holder to attach the lock to your scooter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRetractable steel cable as a reminder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied with 2 keys\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan also be used on bikes and motorbikes with a disc brake\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZenXstore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDisc brake lock with cable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRed with black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAluminium, metal, plastic, rubber\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible with\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eElectric scooters, bikes and motorbikes with a disc brake\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOperation\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWith key (2 keys supplied)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEAN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e9508647734261\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow to use the disc brake lock\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInsert the lock pin through one of the holes in your brake disc.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLock it with the key.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAttach the steel cable to the lock and to your handlebars as a reminder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBefore setting off, remove the cable first and then the lock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe lock only works if your scooter has a disc brake with holes in the brake disc. If you want extra security for your scooter, combine the lock with a cable or chain lock attached to a fixed point.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x disc brake lock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2x key\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x steel cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x holder (without screws)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and service\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree shipping within the Netherlands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShipped from our own warehouse in Rosmalen (NL), no dropshipping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrders are processed within 1-2 working days; delivery in the Netherlands and Belgium usually within 2-3 working days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-day cooling-off period\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePersonal customer service via support@zenxstore.nl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes this disc brake lock fit the Xiaomi M365?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Xiaomi M365 has a rear disc brake, so the lock can be fitted there. Always check that the pin fits through the holes in your brake disc.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes the lock also work on a scooter without a disc brake?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, you need a brake disc with holes. Scooters with only a drum brake or foot brake cannot be locked with it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the steel cable for?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe cable is a reminder: you connect it to the lock and the handlebars so you can see the lock is still on the brake disc.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eAre screws included for the holder?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the holder is supplied without screws.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAlso take a look at the other parts and accessories for your electric scooter in our \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/e-mobility\"\u003eE-mobility\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ZenXstore","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42296928469141,"sku":"ZENX-REMSCHIJFSLOT","price":19.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0495\/6225\/5509\/products\/H344d0a447db64ace9b8b71f7a6bc17e0r_1_44dcbfd5-c810-4bcb-896a-fd0045bb3a06.png?v=1735147746"},{"product_id":"hoge-kwaliteit-echte-leren-riem-bij-zenxstore-uit-designer-academy","title":"Men's Genuine Leather Belt with Classic Buckle – 110 to 130 cm","description":"\u003ch2\u003eGenuine leather belt for men, for casual and business wear\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003emen's leather belt\u003c\/strong\u003e is made from 100% genuine leather and features a classic buckle. The belt is hand-finished and firmly stitched, and it looks just as good with jeans at the weekend as it does with trousers at the office. Choose from five lengths: 110, 115, 120, 125 and 130 cm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA good men's belt is a wardrobe essential you'll wear for years. Genuine leather becomes softer over time and develops its own character. With a little care now and then, the belt stays looking good even with daily use: at work, at a party, on a night out or simply on a Saturday.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e100% genuine leather, hand-finished\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTimeless design with a classic buckle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGoes with jeans, chinos and trousers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor casual and business occasions\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFirmly stitched and neatly finished\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFive lengths: 110 to 130 cm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZenXstore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMen's belt with classic buckle\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% genuine leather\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTarget group\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMen\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLengths\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e110, 115, 120, 125, 130 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEAN 110 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6094040253223\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEAN 115 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6094028354386\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEAN 120 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6094053494422\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEAN 125 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6094042918922\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEAN 130 cm\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6094037433454\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich size should I choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eLay a belt that currently fits you well flat and measure from where the leather starts at the buckle to the hole you use most. Choose the length closest to that measurement. If you're between two sizes, go for the longer one: that way you can also wear the belt with thicker trousers or with a jumper tucked in.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe the belt with a dry, soft cloth. Treat the leather now and then with leather balm or shoe polish so it stays supple and doesn't dry out. Let a wet belt dry slowly, not on a radiator.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e1x men's genuine leather belt\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and service\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree shipping within the Netherlands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShipped from our own warehouse in Rosmalen (NL), no dropshipping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrders are processed within 1-2 working days; delivery in the Netherlands and Belgium usually within 2-3 working days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-day cooling-off period\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePersonal customer service via support@zenxstore.nl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs this men's belt made of genuine leather?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the belt is made from 100% genuine leather and is hand-finished.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhich belt length matches my trouser size?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eMeasure a belt you currently wear from the buckle to the hole you use and choose the length closest to that. If in doubt, go for the longer size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I wear this leather belt for business too?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, thanks to its classic design it works with trousers or a suit just as well as with jeans.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow do I care for a leather belt?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eWipe it with a dry cloth and use leather balm or shoe polish now and then. This keeps the leather supple and makes the belt last longer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFind more clothing and accessories in our \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/sport-outdoor-kleding\"\u003eSport, Outdoor \u0026amp; Clothing\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ZenXstore","offers":[{"title":"110","offer_id":42307830710421,"sku":"riem-110","price":20.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"115","offer_id":56361653272902,"sku":"riem115","price":20.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"120","offer_id":56361653305670,"sku":"riemsfsf","price":20.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"125","offer_id":56361653338438,"sku":"riemsfsffs","price":20.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"130","offer_id":56361653371206,"sku":"riemsfsfrg","price":20.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0495\/6225\/5509\/products\/PhotoRoom_20220519_195646.jpg?v=1788119915"},{"product_id":"zenxstore-hamam-scrub-handschoenen","title":"Hammam Scrub Glove (Kese) – Turkish Exfoliating Glove for Body Scrubbing","description":"\u003ch2\u003eHammam scrub glove (kese): the Turkish hammam at home in your shower\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003ehammam scrub glove\u003c\/strong\u003e is a kese modelled on the traditional Turkish hammam. Use it in the shower or bath to scrub away dead skin cells, leaving your skin feeling soft and smooth. Scrubbing feels like a firm, relaxing massage. The glove is reusable and available in the Gloves or Scrub variant.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIn a hammam, a kese treatment is part of the ritual: first the skin soaks in warmth and steam, then it is scrubbed firmly. With this scrub glove, also known as a kessa or hammam glove, you can do the same at home. After a warm shower or bath, slip the glove over your hand and work over your whole body in just a few minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eScrubs away dead skin cells\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eSkin feels soft and smooth after showering\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eRelaxing massage sensation\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eFor the whole body: arms, legs, back and shoulders\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eReusable, so less waste than disposable products\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eEasy to rinse and leave to dry\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eZenXstore\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHammam scrub glove (kese)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eUse\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBody exfoliation in the shower or bath\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eVariants\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eGloves, Scrub\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eEAN Gloves\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8720387803590\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eEAN Scrub\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e6094040745780\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow to use the hammam glove\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003col\u003e\u003cli\u003eShower or bathe for at least 5 to 10 minutes so your skin softens.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003ePut on the kese and scrub your skin with firm strokes in one direction.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eRinse off the loosened skin flakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eFinish by applying a body lotion or oil.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ol\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eRinse the glove thoroughly with warm water after each use and let it air dry. According to the product details, it is machine washable at up to 60 °C.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e1x hammam scrub glove (selected variant)\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and service\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eFree shipping within the Netherlands\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eShipped from our own warehouse in Rosmalen (NL), no dropshipping\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eOrders are processed within 1-2 working days; delivery in the Netherlands and Belgium usually within 2-3 working days\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003e14-day cooling-off period\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003ePersonal customer service via support@zenxstore.nl\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow often can I use a kese?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnce or twice a week is enough for most people. If you have sensitive skin, scrub less often and with less pressure.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I use the scrub glove on wet or dry skin?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOn wet, warmed-up skin. Let your skin soak for 5 to 10 minutes in the shower or bath first; that is when the skin flakes come off most easily.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I wash the hammam glove in the washing machine?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eAccording to the product details, it is washable at up to 60 °C. Rinse it after each use and let it dry thoroughly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use the kese on my face?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe glove is intended for the body. The skin on your face is thinner, so it is best not to use it there.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou can find more skin and hair products in our \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/beauty-persoonlijke-verzorging\"\u003eBeauty \u0026amp; Personal Care\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ZenXstore","offers":[{"title":"Gloves","offer_id":42328306679957,"sku":"hamamgloves","price":10.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Scrub","offer_id":56361653207366,"sku":"hamamscrub","price":10.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0495\/6225\/5509\/products\/Screenshot2022-05-25at16.09.02.png?v=1653488500"},{"product_id":"volrubberen-band-voor-xiaomi-m365-pro-accessoires-en-onderdelen-volrubber-zonder-binnenband-anti-slip-8-5-inch-2","title":"Solid Rubber Tyre 8.5 inch for Xiaomi M365 \/ M365 Pro – Tubeless","description":"\u003ch2\u003eSolid rubber tyre 8.5 inch for the Xiaomi M365 and M365 Pro\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003esolid rubber tyre for the Xiaomi M365\u003c\/strong\u003e and M365 Pro is a solid 8.5 inch outer tyre without an inner tube. There is no air inside, which greatly reduces the risk of punctures. The tyre weighs about 500 grams, has an inner diameter of 138 mm and an outer diameter of 205 mm, and a tread that channels away water and snow.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eA flat tyre is the most common fault on the M365. With a solid tyre you are done with patching, pumping and replacing inner tubes. Holes in the sidewall make the tyre lighter and add a little extra cushioning. Bear in mind that a solid rubber tyre rides slightly harder than a pneumatic tyre.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eSolid rubber with no air: greatly reduces the risk of punctures\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eNo inner tube or valve needed, no more pumping\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eTread channels away rain and snow\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eHoles in the sidewall for less weight and a bit more comfort\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eHard-wearing rubber for daily use\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eStandard 8.5 inch size of the Xiaomi M365\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eZenXstore (compatible with Xiaomi)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSolid rubber tyre, without inner tube\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSize\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8.5 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInner diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e138 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOuter diameter\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e205 mm\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWeight\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eapprox. 500 grams per tyre\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCompatible with\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eXiaomi M365, Xiaomi M365 Pro\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eEAN\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8720387803200\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow to fit a solid rubber tyre\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003col\u003e\u003cli\u003eRemove the wheel from the scooter and take off the old tyre and inner tube.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003ePlace the solid tyre in hot water for a few minutes so the rubber becomes more flexible.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eCoat the inside with a little petroleum jelly or washing-up liquid.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003ePush the tyre over the rim; a tyre lever from a bike repair kit helps.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ol\u003e\u003cp\u003eFitting a solid tyre takes some force. A bike shop or scooter workshop can also do it for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e1x solid rubber tyre 8.5 inch\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and service\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eFree shipping within the Netherlands\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eShipped from our own warehouse in Rosmalen (NL), no dropshipping\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eOrders are processed within 1-2 working days; delivery in the Netherlands and Belgium usually within 2-3 working days\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003e14-day cooling-off period\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003ePersonal customer service via support@zenxstore.nl\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need an inner tube or valve with this tyre?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the tyre is solid. You use no inner tube and no valve.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes a solid rubber tyre ride differently from a pneumatic tyre?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, slightly harder, because it has less give. On the other hand, there is no air to lose, which greatly reduces the risk of punctures.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes this tyre fit the Xiaomi M365 Pro?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the tyre is made for the 8.5 inch rims of the Xiaomi M365 and M365 Pro.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhy is the tyre so hard to fit?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eSolid rubber is stiff. Warming the tyre in hot water first and coating the inside makes it a lot easier.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAlso check out the other parts and accessories for your electric scooter in our \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/e-mobility\"\u003eE-mobility\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ZenXstore","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42373792956565,"sku":"thband","price":16.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0495\/6225\/5509\/products\/1086x1200.jpg?v=1654545285"},{"product_id":"standaard-voor-elektrische-steps-m365-m365-pro-mi-essential-1s-en-pro-2-steps-zwart-3","title":"Kickstand for Xiaomi M365, Pro, 1S, Essential, Pro 2 and Mi 3 – Black","description":"\u003ch2\u003eKickstand for the Xiaomi M365, 1S, Essential, Pro 2 and Mi 3\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003ekickstand for the Xiaomi M365\u003c\/strong\u003e is a black replacement side stand that lets you park your electric scooter upright. It fits the Xiaomi M365, M365 Pro, Mi 1S, Mi Essential, Pro 2 and Mi Electric Scooter 3. You fit it with the 2 screws included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIs your scooter's stand bent, broken or no longer folding out properly? Then your scooter topples over or you constantly have to lean it against a wall. With this replacement stand you can park it stably again, at home, at work or on the go. The stand is light, so you won't notice it while riding.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003ePark your scooter upright and stable again\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eReplaces a bent or broken stand\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eFits six Xiaomi models\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eIncludes 2 screws for fitting\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eLightweight, no disturbance while riding\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eBlack, matches the original look\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eZenXstore (compatible with Xiaomi)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSide stand \/ kickstand\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCompatible with\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eXiaomi M365, M365 Pro, Mi 1S, Mi Essential, Pro 2, Mi Electric Scooter 3\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFitting\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2 screws (included)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eEAN\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8719689517540\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCompatible with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eXiaomi M365\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eXiaomi M365 Pro\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eXiaomi Mi 1S\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eXiaomi Mi Essential\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eXiaomi Pro 2\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eXiaomi Mi Electric Scooter 3\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow to replace the stand\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003col\u003e\u003cli\u003eLay the scooter on its side on a soft surface.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eUnscrew the 2 screws of the old stand.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eFit the new stand using the screws included.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eCheck that it folds in and out smoothly.\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ol\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e1x kickstand for electric scooter (black)\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003e2x screw\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and service\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eFree shipping within the Netherlands\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eShipped from our own warehouse in Rosmalen (NL), no dropshipping\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eOrders are processed within 1-2 working days; delivery in the Netherlands and Belgium usually within 2-3 working days\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003e14-day cooling-off period\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003ePersonal customer service via support@zenxstore.nl\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes this stand fit the Xiaomi Mi 3?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the stand fits the Mi Electric Scooter 3, as well as the M365, M365 Pro, 1S, Essential and Pro 2.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat tools do I need?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eA suitable Allen key to loosen and tighten the 2 screws.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eAre the screws included?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, 2 screws are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs this an original Xiaomi stand?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is a replacement stand that is compatible with these Xiaomi models.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAlso check out the other parts and accessories for your electric scooter in our \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/e-mobility\"\u003eE-mobility\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ZenXstore","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42388809318549,"sku":"sfrannna","price":9.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0495\/6225\/5509\/products\/1200x652.jpg?v=1654804658"},{"product_id":"oakley-ev-zero-pattern-lake-blue-1","title":"Oakley EV Zero Pattern Men's Sneakers – Lake Blue, Knit with EVZero Midsole","description":"\u003ch2\u003eOakley EV Zero Pattern sneakers in Lake Blue\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eOakley EV Zero Pattern in Lake Blue\u003c\/strong\u003e is a light, blue men's sneaker with a striking tread, for anyone who is active and dares to wear colour. The knit upper with TPU overlays is breathable, and the EVZero midsole and outsole make it light yet supportive.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eLake Blue is a shade of blue that pairs well with white, grey and denim. The Ellipse logo on the tongue and side nods to Oakley's heritage. Inside is a breathable CellFit insole which, according to Oakley, is made with 20-30% recycled materials. A great choice for city walks, travel or a day at a festival. We stock it in EU 42 (US 8.5), EU 44 (US 10) and EU 45 (US 11).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eBlue Lake Blue colourway with a striking tread\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eKnit of 65% polyester and 35% TPU for support and ventilation\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eEVZero midsole and outsole, light and supportive\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eCellFit insole with 20-30% recycled materials\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eWater-repellent DWR finish according to Oakley\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eEllipse logo on tongue and side\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOakley\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eEV Zero Pattern\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLake Blue (FOF100140-6AD)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSizes\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eEU 42 (US 8.5), EU 44 (US 10), EU 45 (US 11)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eUpper\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eKnit: 65% polyester, 35% TPU\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInsole\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eEVA, breathable CellFit insole (20-30% recycled according to Oakley)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMidsole\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eEVZero (EVA foam)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOutsole\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eEVA with rubber inserts\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDurable Water Repellent (DWR)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eEAN\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eEU 42: 8056153075794 · EU 44: 8056153075695 · EU 45: 8056153075701\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFit and size\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe EV Zero Pattern Lake Blue is available in EU 42 (US 8.5), EU 44 (US 10) and EU 45 (US 11). Oakley uses US men's sizes; each variant lists both the EU and US size. Measure your foot length and compare it with the size chart on oakley.com. Unsure between two sizes? Feel free to email us.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e1 pair of Oakley EV Zero Pattern sneakers in Lake Blue\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and service\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eFree shipping within the Netherlands\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eShipped from our own warehouse in Rosmalen (NL), no dropshipping\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eOrders are processed within 1-2 working days; delivery in the Netherlands and Belgium usually within 2-3 working days\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003e14-day cooling-off period\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003ePersonal customer service via support@zenxstore.nl\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat outfit goes with blue Oakley sneakers?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eLake Blue looks best with neutral colours. Think white or grey T-shirts, light or dark jeans, or black joggers. Because the shoe itself adds colour, keep the rest of your outfit understated. For a sporty look, it also goes well with a blue or white track jacket.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs the Oakley EV Zero Pattern Lake Blue water-repellent?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOakley gives the EV Zero Pattern a Durable Water Repellent (DWR) finish that repels moisture in a wide range of conditions. In a short shower or on wet grass, your feet stay dry for longer. The upper is a breathable knit, however, so moisture can get through in puddles or prolonged rain.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eAre the Oakley EV Zero Pattern sneakers made sustainably?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOakley states that the CellFit insole of the EV Zero Pattern is made with 20-30% recycled materials. Otherwise, the shoe is built from a polyester and TPU knit, an EVZero midsole of EVA foam and an outsole of EVA with rubber. We make no other sustainability claims.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhich sizes of the Lake Blue does ZenXstore stock?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe have the EV Zero Pattern Lake Blue in stock in EU 42 (US 8.5), EU 44 (US 10) and EU 45 (US 11). Check the size selector to see which size is currently available. Can't find your size? Also take a look at the Sulphur version or email support@zenxstore.nl.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDiscover more EV Zero colours in our \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/sport-outdoor-kleding\"\u003eSport, Outdoor \u0026amp; Clothing\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Oakley","offers":[{"title":"Size: EU 42 US8.5","offer_id":48660704428358,"sku":"S02453","price":60.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Size:  EU 44 US 10","offer_id":56361653076294,"sku":"S02452","price":60.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Size: EU 45 US11","offer_id":56361653109062,"sku":"S02571","price":60.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0495\/6225\/5509\/products\/LakeBlue.jpg?v=1662631011"},{"product_id":"oakley-carbon-shadow-11-eu-maat-44","title":"Oakley Carbon Men's Sneakers – Shadow, Nubuck Leather with EVZero Sole","description":"\u003ch2\u003eOakley Carbon sneakers in Shadow\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eOakley Carbon sneaker in Shadow\u003c\/strong\u003e is a men's trainer with a top-grain nubuck leather upper and the cushioning of Oakley's EVZero technology. It is made for anyone who wants a leather sneaker with the lightness of a sports shoe, for everyday wear and light active work.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe nubuck leather is perforated for better ventilation, and the CellFit insole also has a nubuck top layer. The EVZero midsole is made from Oakley's own EVA foam formula, and the outsole is EVA with rubber inserts. Shadow is a dark colourway with an embossed Ellipse logo on the side: rugged with jeans and a dark jacket. We stock the Carbon Shadow in EU 40 (US 7) and EU 45 (US 11).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e100% leather upper: perforated top-grain nubuck\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eEVZero midsole made from Oakley's own EVA foam\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eBreathable CellFit insole with nubuck top layer\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eEVA outsole with rubber inserts\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eWater-repellent DWR finish according to Oakley\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eEmbossed Ellipse logo on the side\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOakley\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCarbon\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eShadow (FOF100137-20G)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSizes\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eEU 40 (US 7), EU 45 (US 11)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eUpper\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e100% leather, perforated nubuck\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eInsole\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eEVA, CellFit, nubuck top layer\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMidsole\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eEVZero (EVA foam)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOutsole\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eEVA with rubber inserts\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDurable Water Repellent (DWR)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eEAN\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eEU 40: 8056153063869 · EU 45: 8056153063807\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFit and size\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Carbon Shadow is available in EU 40 (US 7) and EU 45 (US 11). Oakley uses US men's sizes; each variant shows the EU size alongside the US size. Nubuck leather moulds slightly to your foot after a few wears. Measure your foot length and compare it with the size chart on oakley.com, or email us with your usual size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e1 pair of Oakley Carbon sneakers in Shadow\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and service\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eFree shipping within the Netherlands\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eShipped from our own warehouse in Rosmalen (NL), no dropshipping\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eOrders are processed within 1-2 working days; delivery in the Netherlands and Belgium usually within 2-3 working days\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003e14-day cooling-off period\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003ePersonal customer service via support@zenxstore.nl\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow do I care for the nubuck Oakley Carbon?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eRegularly brush the nubuck dry with a special nubuck or suede brush so the fibres stand up nicely. Remove stains carefully with a nubuck eraser. A nubuck or suede spray helps protect against moisture and dirt, on top of Oakley's DWR finish. Never soak nubuck and never dry it on a radiator.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the difference between the Oakley Carbon and the EV Zero sneakers?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth use the EVZero midsole and a CellFit insole. The difference is in the upper: the Carbon has perforated nubuck leather, which looks sturdier and a little smarter, while the EV Zero Edge and EV Zero Pattern have a light, breathable knit of polyester with TPU. Choose the Carbon for a leather look.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat colour is Oakley Shadow?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eShadow is a dark colourway. On the Carbon, the nubuck leather comes in this shade, with an embossed Ellipse logo on the side. It is a calm colour that pairs well with jeans, black trousers and dark jackets, and dirt shows less quickly than on a light sneaker.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhich sizes of the Carbon Shadow are in stock?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe have the Oakley Carbon Shadow in EU 40 (US 7) and EU 45 (US 11). Don't see your size? Email support@zenxstore.nl and we will let you know whether we can supply it. Available sizes are shipped from our own warehouse in Rosmalen.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou can find more Oakley sneakers in the \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/sport-outdoor-kleding\"\u003eSport, Outdoor \u0026amp; Clothing\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Oakley","offers":[{"title":"EU 45 US 11","offer_id":48660784644422,"sku":"S03472","price":60.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"EU 40 US 7","offer_id":56361653010758,"sku":"S03471","price":60.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0495\/6225\/5509\/products\/Carbon.jpg?v=1662633995"},{"product_id":"oakley-bandana-hydrolix-technologie-geschikt-voor-motorrijden-skien-snowboarden-en-nog-meer-1","title":"Oakley Bandana Hydrolix – Dark Brush Camo or Blackout, One Size","description":"\u003ch2\u003eOakley Bandana with Hydrolix for motorbike, ski and outdoor\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eOakley Bandana\u003c\/strong\u003e (FOS900711) is a lightweight one-size-fits-all bandana, in the New Dark Brush camo print or all-black Blackout. It is made of 100% polyester in a double-layer interlock fabric with, according to Oakley, moisture-wicking Hydrolix fabric and odour-resistant technology. A reflective label on the left side makes you more visible in low light.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eUnlike the neck gaiter, this is a classic bandana that you fold into a triangle and tie behind your head. That way you decide how snug it sits: over your mouth and nose as a bandana on the motorbike, around your neck against the sun, or as a head scarf under a helmet. Because it is one size, there is no size to choose.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eHydrolix moisture-wicking fabric (according to Oakley)\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eOdour-resistant technology (according to Oakley)\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eDouble-layer interlock fabric, light and breathable\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eReflective label and B1B logo on the left side\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eOne size: tie it as snugly as you like\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eReusable and machine washable\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eTwo versions: New Dark Brush camo and Blackout\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOakley\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBandana (FOS900711)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eColours\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNew Dark Brush (camo), Blackout (black)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSize\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOne size (O\/S)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e100% polyester, double-layer interlock fabric\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTechnology (according to Oakley)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHydrolix moisture-wicking fabric, odour-resistant technology\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDetails\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eReflective label and B1B logo on the left side\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCare\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMachine washable, reusable\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eEAN\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNew Dark Brush: 193517135867 · Blackout: 193517135850\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow to wear the Oakley bandana\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eAs a bandana over your mouth and nose on the motorbike or bicycle\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eAround your neck as a light scarf\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eAs a head scarf or under a ski or motorbike helmet\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBandana, neck gaiter or mask?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bandana is one size and tieable, the Neck Gaiter is a tube in S\/M or L\/XL, and the Mask Loose covers only your mouth and nose. If you want to set the fit yourself, the bandana is the most flexible.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e1x Oakley Bandana in the selected colour\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and service\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eFree shipping within the Netherlands\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eShipped from our own warehouse in Rosmalen (NL), no dropshipping\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eOrders are processed within 1-2 working days; delivery in the Netherlands and Belgium usually within 2-3 working days\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003e14-day cooling-off period\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003ePersonal customer service via support@zenxstore.nl\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs the Oakley bandana suitable for motorcycling?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, you wear it over your mouth and nose or around your neck, including under a helmet. The thin fabric is light and breathable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat size is the Oakley Bandana?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe bandana is one size (O\/S); you set the fit yourself by tying it tighter or looser.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the difference between Dark Brush and Blackout?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNew Dark Brush is a dark camo print, Blackout is all black. Material and technology are the same.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat is Hydrolix?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eAccording to Oakley, Hydrolix is a moisture-wicking fabric technology that keeps you dry and improves breathability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAlso take a look at our other \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/sport-outdoor-kleding\"\u003esports and outdoor clothing\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Oakley","offers":[{"title":"Dark Brush","offer_id":48805330649414,"sku":"rh","price":14.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Black Out","offer_id":56361652912454,"sku":"hkl;lk","price":14.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0495\/6225\/5509\/products\/Bandana.jpg?v=1662649225"},{"product_id":"oakley-face-cover-loose-dark-brush-l-xl","title":"Oakley Face Cover Loose Sports Face Mask – New Dark Brush, Size L\/XL","description":"\u003ch2\u003eOakley Face Cover Loose in Dark Brush, size L\/XL\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eOakley Face Cover Loose\u003c\/strong\u003e in New Dark Brush is a reusable, lightweight face mask in the roomy L\/XL size. The mask is made of 100% polyester single-layer interlock (150 grams) and covers the mouth and nose with a loose, non-restrictive fit. According to Oakley, Hydrolix wicks away moisture and the Agion treatment stays antibacterially effective (\u0026gt;99%) for more than 50 washes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis Oakley face cover is made for athletes looking for a thin sports mask that breathes while running, cycling or motorcycling in spring and autumn. The L\/XL size gives extra fabric over the chin and jaw, handy if you have a beard or a wider face.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eRoomy L\/XL size with extra coverage of chin and jaw\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eLight, single-layer polyester that breathes well\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eHydrolix fabric wicks away moisture during exercise\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eAgion treatment against odour, effective for more than 50 washes according to Oakley\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eFolded elastic binding for a comfortable fit\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eReflective label for visibility in low light\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eReusable and machine washable\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOakley\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMask Loose \/ Cloth Face Covering Loose (AOO9717AC)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eReusable face mask with loose fit\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNew Dark Brush (green\/camo look)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSize\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eL\/XL\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e100% polyester, single-layer interlock, 150 grams\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTechnology\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHydrolix moisture wicking and Agion antibacterial treatment (according to Oakley)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFolded elastic binding, reflective label\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCare\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eReusable, machine washable\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eEAN\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e888392554420\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich size should I choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Oakley Mask Loose comes in two sizes: S\/M and L\/XL. Oakley does not publish a size chart in centimetres. S\/M fits most smaller and average faces; L\/XL gives more fabric and room, for example with a larger head, a beard or if you prefer a looser fit. If in doubt, email support@zenxstore.nl.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDifference from the other Oakley models: the Mask Loose is a light, single-layer mask that covers only the mouth and nose. The Neck Gaiter is a tube of 2-layer fabric that you wear around your neck and pull up, and the Mask Hooded combines a face section with a French terry hood for cold weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e1x Oakley Face Cover Loose New Dark Brush, size L\/XL\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and service\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eFree shipping within the Netherlands\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eShipped from our own warehouse in Rosmalen (NL), no dropshipping\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eOrders are processed within 1-2 working days; delivery in the Netherlands and Belgium usually within 2-3 working days\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003e14-day cooling-off period\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003ePersonal customer service via support@zenxstore.nl\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the difference between the Oakley Face Cover Loose and the Mask Loose?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is the same Oakley model (AOO9717AC). The name varies by retailer; this variant is New Dark Brush in size L\/XL.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs the Oakley Face Cover Loose L\/XL big enough for a beard?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eSize L\/XL has more fabric than S\/M and sits looser over the chin and jaw, so it is usually more comfortable with a beard.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow do I wash this Oakley sports mask?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe mask is machine washable. According to Oakley, the Agion treatment remains effective for more than 50 washes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs this a medical face mask?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, this is a sporty fabric face mask. It is not a medical device or personal protective equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAlso take a look at our other \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/sport-outdoor-kleding\"\u003esports and outdoor clothing\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Oakley","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42744920801429,"sku":"yhfgwef","price":6.5,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0495\/6225\/5509\/products\/oakley_face_cover_loose_dark_brush_1_1.jpg?v=1662650363"},{"product_id":"oakley-mask-loose-s-m","title":"Oakley Mask Loose Reusable Face Mask – Universal Blue, Size S\/M","description":"\u003ch2\u003eReusable Oakley Mask Loose in Universal Blue (S\/M)\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eOakley Mask Loose\u003c\/strong\u003e in Universal Blue is a reusable face mask in size S\/M that covers the mouth and nose with a minimalist, loose design. According to Oakley, it is made of light, single-layer polyester interlock with Hydrolix moisture wicking and an Agion treatment against odour. A reflective label adds visibility in low light.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis blue Oakley mask suits anyone looking for a simple, washable sports mask for everyday use, on public transport, on the bike or during a gentle workout. Size S\/M is intended for smaller and average faces and fits a little closer than L\/XL. Prefer a darker colour? Take a look at the New Dark Brush or Blackout version.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eFresh Universal Blue colour\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eSize S\/M for smaller and average faces\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eMinimalist design that covers mouth and nose\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eHydrolix fabric keeps you drier and breathes well\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eAgion treatment helps limit odour\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eReflective label for visibility in the dark\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eReusable and machine washable\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOakley\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMask Loose \/ Cloth Face Covering Loose (AOO9717AC)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eReusable face mask with loose fit\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eUniversal Blue\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSize\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eS\/M\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e100% polyester, single-layer interlock, 150 grams\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTechnology\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHydrolix moisture wicking and Agion antibacterial treatment (according to Oakley)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFolded elastic binding, reflective label\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCare\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eReusable, machine washable\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eEAN\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e888392554451\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich size should I choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Oakley Mask Loose comes in two sizes: S\/M and L\/XL. Oakley does not publish a size chart in centimetres. S\/M fits most smaller and average faces; L\/XL gives more fabric and room, for example with a larger head, a beard or if you prefer a looser fit. If in doubt, email support@zenxstore.nl.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDifference from the other Oakley models: the Mask Loose is a light, single-layer mask that covers only the mouth and nose. The Neck Gaiter is a tube of 2-layer fabric that you wear around your neck and pull up, and the Mask Hooded combines a face section with a French terry hood for cold weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e1x Oakley Mask Loose Universal Blue, size S\/M\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and service\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eFree shipping within the Netherlands\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eShipped from our own warehouse in Rosmalen (NL), no dropshipping\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eOrders are processed within 1-2 working days; delivery in the Netherlands and Belgium usually within 2-3 working days\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003e14-day cooling-off period\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003ePersonal customer service via support@zenxstore.nl\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat colour is this Oakley Mask Loose S\/M?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis variant (EAN 888392554451) comes in the Oakley colour Universal Blue, a blue version.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes the Oakley Mask Loose S\/M fit adults?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, S\/M is an adult size for smaller and average faces. If you have a larger head or a beard, choose L\/XL.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I wear and wash this mask every day?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the mask is reusable and machine washable, so you can wash it after every use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill this mask keep me warm in winter?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is a thin, single-layer mask designed mainly to be breathable. For real winter cold, the Oakley Mask Hooded or a neck gaiter is a better fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAlso take a look at our other \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/sport-outdoor-kleding\"\u003esports and outdoor clothing\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Oakley","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42746306068629,"sku":"fghgnmgh","price":20.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0495\/6225\/5509\/products\/Loose.jpg?v=1662673942"},{"product_id":"oakley-mask-hooded-universal-blue-face-mask-s-m","title":"Oakley Mask Hooded Face Mask with Hood – Universal Blue, S\/M","description":"\u003ch2\u003eOakley Mask Hooded: face mask with hood in Universal Blue\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eOakley Mask Hooded\u003c\/strong\u003e in Universal Blue is a balaclava-style face mask with hood, here in size S\/M. The close-fitting hood is made of French terry (80% cotton, 20% polyester) with a drawstring, and the integrated face section of 2-layer interlock (95% polyester, 5% elastane) features anti-odour technology. A reflective label on the back of the hood adds visibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhereas the Mask Loose and Neck Gaiter are mainly light and breathable, the Mask Hooded is made for cold days: your head, neck and face are covered in one piece. Handy for winter sports, a cold bike ride, winter running or in the stands. Use the drawstring to tighten the hood so it stays in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eFrench terry hood for extra warmth\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eIntegrated face section helps keep out dust and dirt\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eDrawstring to adjust the hood properly\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eAnti-odour technology in the face section\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eLight and comfortable 2-layer interlock\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eReflective label on the back of the hood\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eReusable and machine washable\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOakley\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMask Hooded \/ Cloth Face Covering Hooded (FOS900714)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFace mask with hood (balaclava style)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eUniversal Blue\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSize\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eS\/M\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHood material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e80% cotton, 20% polyester (French terry)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFace section material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e95% polyester, 5% elastane, 2-layer interlock\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFeatures\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDrawstring, anti-odour technology in the face section, reflective label on the back\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCare\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eReusable, machine washable\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eEAN\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e193517135928\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich size should I choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOakley makes the Mask Hooded in S\/M and L\/XL; this page is for S\/M. Oakley does not publish sizes in centimetres. S\/M fits most smaller and average heads; choose L\/XL for a larger head or if you want to wear it over a beanie. If in doubt, email support@zenxstore.nl.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDifference from the other Oakley models: the Mask Hooded is the warmest model thanks to its hood. The Neck Gaiter covers your neck and face but not your head, and the Mask Loose is a thin mask for mouth and nose only.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e1x Oakley Mask Hooded Universal Blue, size S\/M\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and service\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eFree shipping within the Netherlands\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eShipped from our own warehouse in Rosmalen (NL), no dropshipping\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eOrders are processed within 1-2 working days; delivery in the Netherlands and Belgium usually within 2-3 working days\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003e14-day cooling-off period\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003ePersonal customer service via support@zenxstore.nl\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs the Oakley Mask Hooded a balaclava?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it works like a balaclava: hood and face section are one piece, with a drawstring for a good fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs the Oakley Mask Hooded warmer than a neck gaiter?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the French terry hood also covers your head, making it warmer than the thinner Neck Gaiter.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat size is this Oakley Mask Hooded?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis page is for size S\/M. Oakley also makes the model in L\/XL.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan the Oakley Mask Hooded go in the washing machine?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the mask is reusable and machine washable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAlso take a look at our other \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/sport-outdoor-kleding\"\u003esports and outdoor clothing\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Oakley","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42746384089237,"sku":"vdxc","price":24.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0495\/6225\/5509\/products\/download.jpg?v=1662675760"},{"product_id":"oakley-mask-loose-new-dark-brush-s-m","title":"Oakley Mask Loose Sports Face Mask – New Dark Brush, Size S\/M","description":"\u003ch2\u003eOakley Mask Loose sports face mask in New Dark Brush, size S\/M\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eOakley Mask Loose\u003c\/strong\u003e in New Dark Brush is a reusable sports face mask in size S\/M with a dark, green-tinted print. The single-layer polyester interlock (150 grams) covers the mouth and nose, wicks away moisture thanks to Hydrolix according to Oakley, and has an Agion treatment against odour. A folded elastic binding keeps the mask in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eForm and function come together in this light mask: it is thin enough to exercise in and breathes well when running, cycling or motorcycling in spring and autumn. Size S\/M fits closer and suits most smaller and average faces. The same colour is also available in L\/XL, as the Oakley Face Cover Loose Dark Brush.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eDark New Dark Brush print\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eSize S\/M with a closer fit\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eLight single-layer interlock of 150 grams\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eHydrolix moisture wicking for dry comfort\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eAgion against odour, according to Oakley\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eReflective label for visibility\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eReusable and machine washable\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOakley\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMask Loose \/ Cloth Face Covering Loose (AOO9717AC)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eReusable face mask with loose fit\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNew Dark Brush\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSize\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eS\/M\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e100% polyester, single-layer interlock, 150 grams\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTechnology\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHydrolix moisture wicking and Agion antibacterial treatment (according to Oakley)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFolded elastic binding, reflective label\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCare\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eReusable, machine washable\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eEAN\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e888392554437\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich size should I choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Oakley Mask Loose comes in two sizes: S\/M and L\/XL. Oakley does not publish a size chart in centimetres. S\/M fits most smaller and average faces; L\/XL gives more fabric and room, for example with a larger head, a beard or if you prefer a looser fit. If in doubt, email support@zenxstore.nl.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDifference from the other Oakley models: the Mask Loose is a light, single-layer mask that covers only the mouth and nose. The Neck Gaiter is a tube of 2-layer fabric that you wear around your neck and pull up, and the Mask Hooded combines a face section with a French terry hood for cold weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e1x Oakley Mask Loose New Dark Brush, size S\/M\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and service\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eFree shipping within the Netherlands\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eShipped from our own warehouse in Rosmalen (NL), no dropshipping\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eOrders are processed within 1-2 working days; delivery in the Netherlands and Belgium usually within 2-3 working days\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003e14-day cooling-off period\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003ePersonal customer service via support@zenxstore.nl\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I go running in the Oakley Mask Loose?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is a thin, single-layer mask with moisture-wicking Hydrolix fabric, designed for sport and exercise.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs the Oakley Mask Loose New Dark Brush also available in L\/XL?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, you can find the same colour in our shop in L\/XL, under the name Oakley Face Cover Loose Dark Brush.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow does the Oakley Mask Loose stay in place?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe mask has a folded elastic binding that keeps it comfortably in place.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs the Oakley Mask Loose a medical mask?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is a fabric sports mask and not a medical device or protective equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAlso take a look at our other \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/sport-outdoor-kleding\"\u003esports and outdoor clothing\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Oakley","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42746513096853,"sku":"ghjfgb","price":20.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0495\/6225\/5509\/products\/888392554437_cloth-face-covering-loose_x-x_alternate_001.png?v=1662678675"},{"product_id":"oakley-face-cover-loose-blackout-maat-s-m","title":"Oakley Face Cover Loose Black Face Mask – Blackout, Size S\/M","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBlack Oakley Face Cover Loose in Blackout, size S\/M\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eOakley Face Cover Loose\u003c\/strong\u003e in Blackout is a plain black, reusable face mask in size S\/M. The mask is made of 100% polyester single-layer interlock (150 grams) with Oakley's antibacterial Agion technology: according to Oakley, a 'smart' material that releases its effect as soon as microbes are present, with more than 99% effectiveness for 50+ washes. Hydrolix provides moisture wicking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIf you want a neutral black look that goes with any outfit and sports kit, the Blackout version is the logical choice. The light mask is suitable for sport, commuting by bike and motorcycling in spring and autumn. Size S\/M fits closely on smaller and average faces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003ePlain black Blackout colour\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eSize S\/M with a closer fit\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eAgion treatment against bacteria and odour, effective for more than 50 washes according to Oakley\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eHydrolix fabric for moisture wicking\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eLight single-layer interlock of 150 grams\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eFolded elastic binding and reflective label\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eReusable and machine washable\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOakley\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMask Loose \/ Cloth Face Covering Loose (AOO9717AC)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eReusable face mask with loose fit\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBlackout (black)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSize\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eS\/M\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e100% polyester, single-layer interlock, 150 grams\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTechnology\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHydrolix moisture wicking and Agion antibacterial treatment (according to Oakley)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFolded elastic binding, reflective label\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCare\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eReusable, machine washable\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eEAN\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e888392554413\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich size should I choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Oakley Mask Loose comes in two sizes: S\/M and L\/XL. Oakley does not publish a size chart in centimetres. S\/M fits most smaller and average faces; L\/XL gives more fabric and room, for example with a larger head, a beard or if you prefer a looser fit. If in doubt, email support@zenxstore.nl.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDifference from the other Oakley models: the Mask Loose is a light, single-layer mask that covers only the mouth and nose. The Neck Gaiter is a tube of 2-layer fabric that you wear around your neck and pull up, and the Mask Hooded combines a face section with a French terry hood for cold weather.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e1x Oakley Face Cover Loose Blackout, size S\/M\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and service\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eFree shipping within the Netherlands\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eShipped from our own warehouse in Rosmalen (NL), no dropshipping\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eOrders are processed within 1-2 working days; delivery in the Netherlands and Belgium usually within 2-3 working days\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003e14-day cooling-off period\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003ePersonal customer service via support@zenxstore.nl\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow does Agion work in the Oakley Face Cover?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eAccording to Oakley, Agion releases its antimicrobial effect when microbes such as fungi and bacteria are present, and remains effective for more than 50 washes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes this black mask protect against viruses?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe make no claims about that. It is a sporty fabric face mask, not a medical face mask or protective equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs there a black Oakley mask in L\/XL?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOakley also makes the Mask Loose Blackout in L\/XL; contact support@zenxstore.nl to ask whether we can supply that size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the difference between the Face Cover Loose and the Neck Gaiter?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Face Cover Loose is a single-layer mask for mouth and nose. The Neck Gaiter is a 2-layer tube that also covers your neck.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAlso take a look at our other \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/sport-outdoor-kleding\"\u003esports and outdoor clothing\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Oakley","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42746552123541,"sku":"oajef","price":6.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0495\/6225\/5509\/products\/oakley_face_cover_loose_blackout_1_3.jpg?v=1662679543"},{"product_id":"oakley-nylon-rugzak-20-liter-new-dark-brush","title":"Oakley Nylon Backpack 20 Litre – New Dark Brush, with Laptop Compartment and Multiple Pockets","description":"\u003ch2\u003eOakley nylon backpack 20 litres in New Dark Brush\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003eOakley 20-litre nylon backpack\u003c\/strong\u003e in New Dark Brush is a compact daypack for school, work, travel and days out. With 20 litres of capacity, you have room for a laptop, a lunchbox, a jumper and your everyday essentials, without the bag feeling big or bulky.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe backpack has a laptop compartment and multiple storage pockets, so your laptop, chargers, keys and phone each have their own place. The nylon outer material is light and easy to wipe clean. A 20-litre backpack is also a handy size as hand luggage on holiday; always check your airline's maximum dimensions, though. Want to know whether your laptop fits in the compartment? Email us its size and we will measure it for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e20 litres of capacity: enough for a day at work or school\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eSeparate laptop compartment for your laptop\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eMultiple storage pockets to stay organised\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eLight nylon outer material\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eOakley's New Dark Brush colour\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eSuitable as a daypack and as hand luggage\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOakley\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBackpack\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCapacity\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e20 litres\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNylon\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eNew Dark Brush\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCompartments\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLaptop compartment and multiple storage pockets\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eEAN\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e8056153166676\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCompatible with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eSchool and studies: laptop, books and lunch\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eWork and commuting by bike or public transport\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eHand luggage on holiday or a city break\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eA day of hiking or sport\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e1 Oakley nylon backpack 20 litres, New Dark Brush\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and service\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eFree shipping within the Netherlands\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eShipped from our own warehouse in Rosmalen (NL), no dropshipping\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eOrders are processed within 1-2 working days; delivery in the Netherlands and Belgium usually within 2-3 working days\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003e14-day cooling-off period\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003ePersonal customer service via support@zenxstore.nl\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow much fits in a 20-litre backpack?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eA 20-litre backpack is an average daypack. It usually fits a laptop, an A4 folder, a lunchbox, a water bottle and a jumper or rain jacket. For a weekend away with clothes, 20 litres is usually tight; a larger travel backpack is more practical for that.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill my laptop fit in this Oakley backpack?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe backpack has a separate laptop compartment. The exact dimensions of the compartment have not been specified by the manufacturer, and laptops vary in width and thickness by brand. Email the size of your laptop to support@zenxstore.nl and we will measure the compartment for you before you order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan this Oakley backpack handle rain?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe backpack is made of nylon, which naturally absorbs water less quickly than cotton. Oakley does not specify a water column for this model, so we do not promise your belongings will stay dry in a downpour. In heavy rain, we recommend a rain cover and keeping your laptop in its own sleeve.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I take this backpack as hand luggage?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eA 20-litre backpack is often taken as hand luggage, but Oakley has not specified the exact external dimensions of this model. Permitted dimensions vary by airline and ticket. So always check the rules on your airline's website before you fly, especially with budget tickets.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow do I clean a nylon backpack?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eEmpty the backpack completely first. Wipe away stains with a damp cloth and a little mild soap, then rinse with clean water. Afterwards, let it air dry with the bag open, not on a radiator or in the tumble dryer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou can find more bags and outdoor gear in our \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/sport-outdoor-kleding\"\u003eSport, outdoor and clothing\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Oakley","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42746595901589,"sku":"oakleytas","price":39.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0495\/6225\/5509\/products\/main_0df4d813.jpg?v=1674331455"},{"product_id":"oakley-cloth-face-covering-hooded-maat-l-xl","title":"Oakley Cloth Face Covering Hooded – Hood with Face Mask, Blue","description":"\u003ch2\u003eOakley Cloth Face Covering Hooded: hood and face mask in one\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eOakley Cloth Face Covering Hooded\u003c\/strong\u003e (FOS900714) is a hooded face covering in Universal Blue, available in sizes S\/M and L\/XL. It is the only model in this range that covers your head as well as your face and neck: a close-fitting French terry hood (80% cotton, 20% polyester) with a drawstring, combined with an integrated mask of 95% polyester and 5% elastane in double-layer interlock fabric.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWhereas a neck gaiter only covers your neck and face, this balaclava-style hoodie mask also keeps the wind off your ears and the back of your head. Handy on cold mornings on the bike or motorbike, on the slopes or when hiking and running in winter. According to Oakley, the mask helps keep out dust and dirt, and odour-resistant technology keeps it fresher.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eFrench terry hood for warmth around your head and ears\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eDrawstring to adjust the hood snugly and securely\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eIntegrated face mask in stretchy double-layer interlock fabric\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eOdour-resistant technology in the mask (according to Oakley)\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eReflective label for better visibility in low light\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eReusable and machine washable\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eTwo sizes: S\/M and L\/XL\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOakley\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCloth Face Covering Hooded (FOS900714-6ZZ)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eUniversal Blue\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSizes\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eS\/M, L\/XL\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHood material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e80% cotton, 20% polyester (French terry)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMask material\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e95% polyester, 5% elastane, double-layer interlock fabric\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFeatures\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDrawstring, odour-resistant technology, reflective label\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eCare\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMachine washable, reusable\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eEAN\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eL\/XL: 193517135911 · S\/M: 193517135928\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich size should I choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eChoose \u003cstrong\u003eS\/M\u003c\/strong\u003e if you have a smaller head and slimmer neck and want the hood to fit snugly. Choose \u003cstrong\u003eL\/XL\u003c\/strong\u003e for a larger head, if you want to wear a beanie underneath or prefer the mask to feel a little roomier. You can then fine-tune the hood with the drawstring. Oakley does not provide a size chart in centimetres; if in doubt, send us an email.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDifference from the Oakley Neck Gaiter and Mask Loose\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Neck Gaiter is a light tube for neck and face, and the Mask Loose covers only the mouth and nose. The Hooded is the warmest of the three models because it also covers your head.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e1x Oakley Cloth Face Covering Hooded (Universal Blue, in the selected size)\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and service\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eFree shipping within the Netherlands\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eShipped from our own warehouse in Rosmalen (NL), no dropshipping\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eOrders are processed within 1-2 working days; delivery in the Netherlands and Belgium usually within 2-3 working days\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003e14-day cooling-off period\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003ePersonal customer service via support@zenxstore.nl\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I wear the Oakley Face Covering Hooded under a helmet?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe hood fits closely around your head, so you can wear it under many ski and motorbike helmets. Do check that your helmet still fits properly and securely.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the difference between size S\/M and L\/XL?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eL\/XL is roomier around the head and face, S\/M fits closer. You can adjust both sizes further with the drawstring.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat material is the hood made of?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe hood is made of French terry, 80% cotton and 20% polyester. The mask is 95% polyester and 5% elastane.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan the face covering go in the washing machine?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, Oakley states that it is machine washable and reusable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAlso take a look at our other \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/sport-outdoor-kleding\"\u003esports and outdoor clothing\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Oakley","offers":[{"title":"Maat X\/L","offer_id":55926551642438,"sku":"ddmmmsdmv-1","price":24.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Maat S\/M","offer_id":56361652683078,"sku":"ddmmmsdmv-2","price":24.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0495\/6225\/5509\/products\/193517135911_cloth-face-covering-hooded_universal-blue_main_001.jpg?v=1662681831"},{"product_id":"oakley-targetline-waterproof-fz-shell-maat-s","title":"Oakley Targetline FZ Shell Men's Golf Rain Jacket – Dark Blue, Water-Repellent, Size S","description":"\u003ch2\u003eOakley Targetline FZ Shell men's golf rain jacket\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eOakley Targetline FZ Shell\u003c\/strong\u003e is a lightweight men's golf rain jacket with a full-length zip (FZ stands for full zip). Oakley sells this model under the name Targetline Waterproof FZ Shell. The fabric is breathable and windproof, and strategically placed stretch panels let you swing freely while staying protected from wind and showers on the course. We have this Dark Blue version in stock in size S.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe outer fabric is nylon tricot mesh with a TPU lamination. Oakley adds HydroFree technology, which limits the fabric's water absorption so the jacket does not get soaked and heavy during a wet round. Rain flaps on the shoulders and water-repellent pockets keep your belongings dry. The raised matte Ellipse logo completes the design. Off the course, too, it is a handy, light rain jacket for the bike or a walk.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eWindproof and breathable: comfortable in wind and during exertion\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eNylon with TPU lamination and HydroFree technology\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eStretch panels for a free golf swing\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eRain flaps on the shoulders\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003ePockets that keep water out\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eFull-length zip (full zip)\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eRaised matte Ellipse logo\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOakley\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTargetline Waterproof FZ Shell\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eStyle number\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e412668\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDark Blue\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e100% nylon tricot mesh with TPU lamination\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTechnology\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHydroFree, breathable and windproof\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eClosure\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFull-length zip\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSize\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eS\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eEAN\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e190645615216\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFit and size\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Targetline FZ Shell is a men's model. We have this Dark Blue version in size S; Oakley makes the jacket in XS to XL. As a shell, it is designed to be worn over a polo, jumper or midlayer. If you normally wear size S and usually wear just a polo or thin jumper underneath, you're good to go. If in doubt, compare your chest measurement with the size chart on oakley.com or email us.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e1 Oakley Targetline FZ Shell in Dark Blue, size S\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and service\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eFree shipping within the Netherlands\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eShipped from our own warehouse in Rosmalen (NL), no dropshipping\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eOrders are processed within 1-2 working days; delivery in the Netherlands and Belgium usually within 2-3 working days\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003e14-day cooling-off period\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003ePersonal customer service via support@zenxstore.nl\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow well does the Oakley Targetline protect against rain?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOakley calls this model the Targetline Waterproof FZ Shell and combines nylon with a TPU lamination, HydroFree technology against water absorption, rain flaps on the shoulders and water-repellent pockets. Oakley does not state a water column in millimetres, so we cannot give an exact value. It is made for showers on the golf course.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I play golf comfortably in this rain jacket?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, that is what it is designed for. The strategic stretch panels give room in the shoulders and back so your swing is not restricted. The fabric is breathable, so you are less likely to get clammy when walking the whole round. Thanks to its light weight, it is also comfortable over a polo.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat does FZ mean in Targetline FZ Shell?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eFZ stands for full zip: the jacket has a zip along the full length of the front. That means you can put it on quickly when a shower comes and take it off just as quickly when the sun breaks through. A shell is a thin outer layer without padding.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs the Targetline warm enough for winter?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Targetline is a shell without insulation; it protects against wind and rain but retains little warmth itself. In winter, wear a fleece, jumper or padded gilet underneath. In spring and autumn, it is often enough over a polo or long-sleeve top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou can find more golf and sports jackets in our \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/sport-outdoor-kleding\"\u003eSport, outdoor and clothing\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Oakley","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42746644005013,"sku":"475735","price":75.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0495\/6225\/5509\/products\/190645615216_targetline-waterproof-fz-shell_blue_main_001.jpg?v=1662682300"},{"product_id":"oakley-golf-jacket-maat-s","title":"Oakley Golf Jacket Men's Blackout – Water-Repellent Golf Jacket with 4-Way Stretch, Size S","description":"\u003ch2\u003eOakley men's Golf Jacket in Blackout\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eOakley Golf Jacket\u003c\/strong\u003e is a lightweight men's golf jacket made of 100% polyester with a durable water-repellent (DWR) treatment. Oakley designed it for golfers who want to stay dry and comfortable from tee to green in changeable weather, without a bulky jacket getting in the way of their swing. We have this Blackout (black) version in stock in size S.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe fabric stretches in four directions, so you can rotate freely in your backswing and follow-through. The seamless construction adds to that freedom of movement. A reverse two-way zip makes it easy to put the jacket on and take it off, or to open it up a little at the bottom, and the two discreet zipped side pockets keep your tees, balls or phone safe. Off the course, it works just as well on the bike or on a walk.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eDurable Water Repellent (DWR): raindrops bead off\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003e4-way stretch for a free swing\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eQuick-drying, breathable polyester\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eSeamless construction for extra freedom of movement\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eReverse two-way zip (reverse coil)\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eTwo discreet zipped side pockets\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eRaised Ellipse logo on the left chest\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOakley\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eGolf Jacket\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eItem number\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFOA400139-02E\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBlackout (black)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e100% polyester\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDurable Water Repellent (DWR)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFabric\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e4-way stretch, quick-drying\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eClosure\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eTwo-way zip (reverse coil)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003ePockets\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e2 zipped side pockets\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSize\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eS\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eEAN\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e190645973057\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFit and size\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis Golf Jacket is a men's model and we have it in stock in size S. Oakley makes it in S to XXL. Because the fabric stretches in four directions, the jacket sits smoothly over a polo or thin midlayer. Unsure whether S fits you? Compare your chest measurement with the size chart on oakley.com or email us and we will measure the jacket for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e1 Oakley Golf Jacket in Blackout, size S\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and service\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eFree shipping within the Netherlands\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eShipped from our own warehouse in Rosmalen (NL), no dropshipping\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eOrders are processed within 1-2 working days; delivery in the Netherlands and Belgium usually within 2-3 working days\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003e14-day cooling-off period\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003ePersonal customer service via support@zenxstore.nl\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs the Oakley Golf Jacket suitable for rain?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe jacket has a DWR (Durable Water Repellent) treatment, so light rain and drizzle bead off. Oakley describes the jacket as water-repellent and does not state a water column. If you often play in persistent rain, a proper golf rain jacket is a better choice; for changeable weather, this light jacket is a comfortable option.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill the jacket restrict my golf swing?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOakley uses 4-way stretch fabric and a seamless construction so the jacket moves with you in every direction. As a result, you feel little resistance in your shoulders and back during the backswing and follow-through. The jacket is also light, so you can easily wear it for the whole round.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes the Golf Jacket have pockets?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it has two discreet zipped side pockets. Use them for tees, a ball marker, your scorecard or your phone without anything falling out when you bend down or swing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs this jacket only for golf?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo. Thanks to its sporty black look and water-repellent, quick-drying fabric, it also works well as a light jacket for cycling, walking or sitting outside on a cool day. It remains a thin layer, so wear a jumper underneath when it's cold.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDiscover more sporty jackets in our \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/sport-outdoor-kleding\"\u003eSport, outdoor and clothing\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Oakley","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42746650591381,"sku":"nmj,,,","price":99.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0495\/6225\/5509\/products\/190645973057_xxx_blackout_main_001.jpg?v=1662682667"},{"product_id":"oakley-definition-insulated-jacket-zwarte-oakley-jas-1","title":"Oakley Definition Insulated Winter Jacket Blackout Black – with Hood, Sizes S to XL","description":"\u003ch2\u003eOakley Definition insulated winter jacket in Blackout black\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eOakley Definition insulated winter jacket in Blackout\u003c\/strong\u003e is a warm hooded jacket for cold, wet days. Oakley combines a water-repellent lamination that keeps out moisture from outside with a light synthetic fill that keeps you warm without feeling bulky. This all-black version goes with almost any outfit, and we have it in stock in sizes S, M, L and XL.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWear the Definition on your bike to work or school, on a winter walk or simply around town. The reflective details make you more visible when it gets dark early, and the stretch panels on the sides give freedom of movement when you cycle or stretch your arms. Use the drawstring in the hood to secure it in the wind. If you like to wear a thick jumper or fleece underneath, bear that in mind when choosing your size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eWater-repellent lamination against rain and sleet\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eLight synthetic fill: warm without feeling heavy\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eHood with drawstring\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eReflective details for visibility in the dark\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eStretch panels on the sides for freedom of movement\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eOakley logo on the shoulder and Oakley patch at the bottom of the back\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eTimeless all-black Blackout colour\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eOakley\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eDefinition Insulated Jacket\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eItem number\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFOA401700-02E\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eBlackout (black)\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003e100% polyester\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFill\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eLight synthetic insulation\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eWater-repellent lamination\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eHood\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eYes, with drawstring\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eSizes in stock\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eS, M, L, XL\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003ctr\u003e\u003ctd\u003eEAN\u003c\/td\u003e\u003ctd\u003eS: 8056153153980 · M: 8056153153973 · L: 8056153153966 · XL: 8056153153997\u003c\/td\u003e\u003c\/tr\u003e\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFit and size\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe have this Blackout version in stock in S, M, L and XL. Oakley makes the Definition in XS to XXL and does not specify a separate women's or men's fit. Choose your usual jacket size; if you often wear a thick jumper underneath, consider going one size up. If in doubt, compare your chest measurement with the size chart on oakley.com or email us and we will measure the jacket for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e1 Oakley Definition Insulated Jacket in Blackout, in the selected size\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and service\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003eFree shipping within the Netherlands\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eShipped from our own warehouse in Rosmalen (NL), no dropshipping\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003eOrders are processed within 1-2 working days; delivery in the Netherlands and Belgium usually within 2-3 working days\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003e14-day cooling-off period\u003c\/li\u003e\u003cli\u003ePersonal customer service via support@zenxstore.nl\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow well does the Oakley Definition winter jacket keep out rain?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOakley describes the Definition as water-repellent: a lamination protects against moisture from outside, so a rain shower or sleet beads off the fabric. No water column is specified, so for hours in pouring rain a proper rain jacket is more suitable. For everyday use in Dutch winter weather, it is ideal.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow warm is the Oakley Definition Insulated Jacket?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe jacket has a light synthetic fill. Oakley does not state a fill weight; it is a jacket for cold autumn and winter weather, not for severe frost. Wear a jumper or fleece underneath to make it warmer when it gets really cold. Synthetic fill keeps insulating even when it gets a little damp.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhich sizes of the Definition in Blackout are available?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe have this black version in stock in S, M, L and XL. Oakley makes the model in XS to XXL, but we do not currently stock those sizes in this variant. The same jacket is also available in our webshop in Dark Olive Green, in sizes S, M and L.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill you stand out in the dark with this jacket?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOakley has added reflective details to the jacket. They catch the light from car headlights and bike lights, so you are more visible when cycling or walking in the dark in winter. It is not a safety jacket with wide reflective strips, but it is a handy extra bit of visibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDiscover more jackets and sportswear in our \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/sport-outdoor-kleding\"\u003eSport, outdoor and clothing\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Oakley","offers":[{"title":"Size Large","offer_id":46897664491846,"sku":"jn","price":99.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Size S","offer_id":56361652519238,"sku":";;;ydsdddfgg","price":99.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Size M","offer_id":56361652552006,"sku":"';op'iir","price":99.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Size XL","offer_id":56361652584774,"sku":"ggg","price":99.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Size XS","offer_id":57520894509382,"sku":null,"price":99.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0495\/6225\/5509\/products\/8056153153966_insulated-definition-jacket_blackout_main_001_1.jpg?v=1662684040"},{"product_id":"usb-c-oplaad-blok-voor-i-phone-14-13-12-11-usbc-naar-lichtnet-apple-usb-c-naar-lightning-kabel-20w-1-meter-geschikt-voor-iphone-14-13-12-11","title":"20W USB-C Charger and USB-C to Lightning Cable 1 m – Set or Separate","description":"\u003ch2\u003e20W USB-C charger with Lightning cable, as a set or separately\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003e20W USB-C charger\u003c\/strong\u003e with a 1-metre USB-C to Lightning cable is designed for fast charging iPhones with a Lightning port. At 20W, an iPhone from the iPhone 8 onwards charges to around 50% in about 30 minutes. The choice is yours: the complete set, just the charger or just the cable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAlready have a good cable? Then simply order the 20W charger. Cable broken? Then the separate USB-C to Lightning cable is all you need. The cable also charges an iPad or AirPods with Lightning, and lets you transfer data via the USB-C port of a MacBook. The compact charger fits any wall socket.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChoose a set, charger only or cable only\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e20W for fast charging from iPhone 8\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1-metre cable, USB-C to Lightning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCable also transfers data with a USB-C laptop\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact charger with USB-C port\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor iPhone, iPad and AirPods with Lightning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZenXstore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSB-C charger and\/or cable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCharger port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSB-C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSB-C to Lightning, 1 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEAN set (charger + cable)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7434946170139\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEAN 20W charger only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8720387803330\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEAN cable only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8720387803064\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich variant should I choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCharger + cable\u003c\/strong\u003e: if you need everything new.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e20W charger only\u003c\/strong\u003e: if you already have a USB-C cable; also handy for the iPhone 15 and newer with a USB-C to USB-C cable.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCable only\u003c\/strong\u003e: if you already have a USB-C adapter and an iPhone or iPad with Lightning.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCompatible with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eiPhone 8 up to the iPhone 14 series, iPhone SE (2nd and 3rd generation), iPad models and AirPods with Lightning. The cable does not fit the iPhone 15 and newer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet: 1x 20W USB-C charger and 1x USB-C to Lightning cable (1 m)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCharger only: 1x 20W USB-C charger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCable only: 1x USB-C to Lightning cable (1 m)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and service\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree shipping within the Netherlands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShipped from our own warehouse in Rosmalen (NL), no dropshipping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrders are processed within 1-2 working days; delivery in the Netherlands and Belgium usually within 2-3 working days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-day cooling-off period\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePersonal customer service via support@zenxstore.nl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I order just the charger or just the cable?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, select the charger-only or cable-only variant at the top of the page.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes this Lightning cable work with the iPhone 15?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the iPhone 15 and newer have a USB-C port. The separate 20W charger does work, with a USB-C to USB-C cable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow fast does my iPhone charge with this charger?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eFrom the iPhone 8 onwards, about 50% in 30 minutes, depending on model and battery condition.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I charge my iPad with it?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, iPads with Lightning charge with the cable and the 20W charger.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAlso take a look at our other \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/elektronica-opladen\"\u003echargers and electronics\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ZenXstore","offers":[{"title":"20W Charger + USB-C to Lightning cable","offer_id":42748287778965,"sku":"20Wenkabel","price":19.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"20W Apple Oplader","offer_id":56361652388166,"sku":"20Wadapter","price":14.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Apple USB-C lightning kabel","offer_id":56361652420934,"sku":"lichnetkabel","price":14.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0495\/6225\/5509\/products\/Screenshot2022-09-09at15.24.51.png?v=1662729921"},{"product_id":"4-in-1-draadloze-oplader-15w-snellader-magsafe-inclusief-quick-charge-3-0-stekker-zwart-2","title":"4-in-1 Wireless Charging Station for iPhone, Apple Watch and AirPods – Black","description":"\u003ch2\u003e4-in-1 wireless charging station for all your Apple devices\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith this \u003cstrong\u003e4-in-1 wireless charging station\u003c\/strong\u003e you charge your iPhone, Apple Watch and wireless earbuds at the same time, in one place. The black station has a wireless charging pad for your smartphone and works with Qi-compatible phones. A Quick Charge 3.0 plug is included in the box, so you can get started straight away.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOne charging station on your bedside table or desk replaces a handful of separate cables and adapters. Your iPhone, watch and AirPods with wireless charging case each have their own spot, so everything is charged and ready in the morning. Thanks to its sleek black design, the station fits in the bedroom and the office.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCharges phone, smartwatch and earbuds at the same time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes Quick Charge 3.0 plug, ready to use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorks with Qi-compatible smartphones\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor AirPods with wireless charging case\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne device instead of separate cables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSleek black design for bedside table or desk\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZenXstore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4-in-1 wireless charging station\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStandard\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQi wireless charging\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdapter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eQuick Charge 3.0 plug included\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible with\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eiPhone with Qi (iPhone 8 and newer), Apple Watch, AirPods with wireless case, Qi smartphones\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEAN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7423557025020\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow to use the charging station\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003col\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnect the station using the supplied Quick Charge 3.0 plug.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace your iPhone or other Qi phone in the centre of the charging pad.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePut your Apple Watch and AirPods in their own spots and check that they are charging.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ol\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x 4-in-1 wireless charging station\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x Quick Charge 3.0 plug\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and service\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree shipping within the Netherlands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShipped from our own warehouse in Rosmalen (NL), no dropshipping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrders are processed within 1-2 working days; delivery in the Netherlands and Belgium usually within 2-3 working days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-day cooling-off period\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePersonal customer service via support@zenxstore.nl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I charge all devices at the same time on this charging station?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the station is designed to charge phone, watch and earbuds simultaneously.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes this 4-in-1 charging station work with Android?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, with smartphones that support Qi wireless charging.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes it work through a case?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, through thin cases without metal or cards inside.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDo I need to buy an adapter separately?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, a Quick Charge 3.0 plug is included in the box.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTake a look at our other \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/elektronica-opladen\"\u003echargers and electronics\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ZenXstore","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42751569068181,"sku":"8720256091974","price":22.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0495\/6225\/5509\/products\/H19dcbfd4d47f4e6a8c4692b13bb621d8N_2cd58821-f460-4ccd-9508-255423b12a7a.jpg?v=1662819355"},{"product_id":"oakley-wind-down-mens-jacket-new-dark-brush-maat-s","title":"Oakley Wind Down Jacket Men's – New Dark Brush, Full-Zip Jacket with Zip Pockets, Size S","description":"\u003ch2\u003eOakley Wind Down men's jacket in New Dark Brush\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eOakley Wind Down men's jacket\u003c\/strong\u003e is a sporty full-zip jacket made from 100% polyester for cool weather. Oakley describes it as an essential piece for your wardrobe when the temperature drops. This version comes in the New Dark Brush colour and we have it in stock in size S.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe full-length front zip makes it easy to put on and take off, for example when you go from outdoors to indoors or when the sun comes out. Your keys, wallet or phone stay secure in the two zip pockets. The Oakley logo on the left chest gives the jacket a recognisable, sporty look. Wear the Wind Down in spring and autumn over a T-shirt or jumper, on the bike, on a walk or casually around town.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFull-length zip: quick on and off\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo zip pockets for your belongings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight and easy care: 100% polyester\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOakley logo on the left chest\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew Dark Brush colour, also made by Oakley in Blackout\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to layer with a jumper underneath\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOakley\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWind Down Jacket\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStyle number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFOA400492\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNew Dark Brush\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% polyester\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClosure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFull-length zip\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePockets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 zip pockets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eS\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEAN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e190645920235\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFit and size\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Wind Down is a men's jacket and we have this New Dark Brush version in stock in size S. Choose this jacket if you normally wear an S in jackets and want to wear a T-shirt or thin jumper underneath. Not sure whether the size is right? Compare your chest measurement with the size chart on oakley.com or email us at support@zenxstore.nl and we will measure the jacket for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e1 Oakley Wind Down Jacket in New Dark Brush, size S\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and service\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree shipping within the Netherlands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShipped from our own warehouse in Rosmalen (NL), no dropshipping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrders are processed within 1-2 working days; delivery in the Netherlands and Belgium usually within 2-3 working days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-day cooling-off period\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePersonal customer service via support@zenxstore.nl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat weather is the Oakley Wind Down jacket designed for?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOakley positions the Wind Down as a jacket for cool weather, such as in spring and autumn. Oakley does not state an insulation rating or water-repellent treatment, so in freezing conditions or heavy rain a padded winter jacket or rain jacket is a better choice. With a jumper underneath, you can also wear it on crisp winter days.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat colour is New Dark Brush?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNew Dark Brush is a dark colourway from Oakley for this model; Oakley also makes the Wind Down in Blackout (black). Colours may look slightly different on screen than in real life. If you would like an extra photo or a description of the colour, just email us.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes the Wind Down jacket have zip pockets?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the jacket has two zip pockets. Your phone, keys and wallet stay safely stowed, even when you are cycling or hang your jacket over a chair.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs the Wind Down a women's or men's jacket?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is a men's model. We have it in New Dark Brush in stock in size S. Looking for a different size or a women's jacket? Browse our sports and outdoor clothing collection for other Oakley jackets.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee more men's jackets and sportswear in our \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/sport-outdoor-kleding\"\u003eSport, outdoor and clothing\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Oakley","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42757464522901,"sku":"84.4102","price":65.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0495\/6225\/5509\/products\/17744_NEWDARKBRUSH_1024x1024_2x_6055a13d-96bd-40d6-b008-8463ff648a10.webp?v=1663017770"},{"product_id":"oakley-mask-loose-universal-blue-maat-l-xl","title":"Oakley Mask Loose Face Mask Universal Blue – Size L\/XL","description":"\u003ch2\u003eOakley Mask Loose in Universal Blue, size L\/XL\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eOakley Mask Loose\u003c\/strong\u003e in Universal Blue, size L\/XL, is a reusable fabric face mask (Oakley model AOO9717AC) that covers your mouth and nose. Unlike a neck gaiter, there is no long tube around your neck: the mask is compact and quick to put on and take off. The L\/XL version is the larger size for a wider face or a looser fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eUse this Oakley mask, for example, when cycling or walking on dusty paths, when working outdoors or as light protection against cold wind. The blue is the same Universal Blue as the Oakley Neck Gaiter, so they are easy to combine. The same mask is also available in Blackout and in the smaller S\/M size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact mask that covers mouth and nose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize L\/XL for a looser fit or wider face\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick to put on and take off\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReusable and washable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUniversal Blue colour, pairs with the Oakley Neck Gaiter\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLight enough to carry in a jacket pocket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOakley\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMask Loose (AOO9717AC)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUniversal Blue\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eL\/XL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCovers mouth and nose; reusable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEAN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e888392554444\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich size should I choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOakley makes the Mask Loose in S\/M and L\/XL. Choose \u003cstrong\u003eL\/XL\u003c\/strong\u003e if you have a wider face, wear a beard or prefer the mask not to feel tight. S\/M suits a narrower face better. Oakley does not publish a size chart in centimetres; if in doubt, send us an email.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eDifference from the Neck Gaiter\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Mask Loose only covers your mouth and nose, making it smaller and more breathable. The Neck Gaiter is a tube that also keeps your neck warm and is better suited to real cold.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e1x Oakley Mask Loose Universal Blue, size L\/XL\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and service\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree shipping within the Netherlands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShipped from our own warehouse in Rosmalen (NL), no dropshipping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrders are processed within 1-2 working days; delivery in the Netherlands and Belgium usually within 2-3 working days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-day cooling-off period\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePersonal customer service via support@zenxstore.nl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the difference between the Oakley Mask Loose and the Neck Gaiter?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Mask Loose only covers your mouth and nose; the Neck Gaiter is a tube that also covers your neck. On cold days the gaiter is warmer; for quickly putting on and taking off, the mask is more practical.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs size L\/XL of the Mask Loose suitable if I have a beard?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eL\/XL is the roomier size, so it sits more comfortably over a beard or wider face than S\/M.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs this Oakley mask a medical face mask?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is a reusable fabric mask for sport and outdoor use, not medical or certified protective equipment.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I wash the mask?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the Mask Loose is reusable and washable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTake a look at our other \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/sport-outdoor-kleding\"\u003esports and outdoor clothing\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Oakley","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42757505908885,"sku":"fgb","price":20.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0495\/6225\/5509\/products\/888392554444_cloth-face-covering-loose_x-x_alternate_001.png?v=1663019965"},{"product_id":"oakley-mask-loose-blackout-maat-l-xl","title":"Oakley Mask Loose Black Face Mask – Blackout, Size L\/XL","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBlack Oakley Mask Loose Blackout in size L\/XL\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eOakley Mask Loose Blackout\u003c\/strong\u003e is the all-black face mask from Oakley's Mask Loose line (AOO9717AC), here in size L\/XL. The reusable fabric mask covers your mouth and nose and is designed to be put on and taken off quickly. The larger L\/XL size is intended for a wider face or anyone who wants a looser-fitting mask.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBlack is the most discreet colour in this range: the mask disappears under a motorcycle helmet, with black workwear or in the city. Handy for motorcyclists, cyclists and anyone working outdoors in dust or wind. The same model is also available in Universal Blue and in the smaller S\/M size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll black (Blackout), goes with any outfit and helmet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSize L\/XL for a roomy, comfortable fit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCovers mouth and nose against wind and dust\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick to put on and take off\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReusable and washable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact to take with you\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOakley\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMask Loose (AOO9717AC)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlackout (black)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eL\/XL\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUse\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCovers mouth and nose; reusable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEAN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e888392554406\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich size should I choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Mask Loose comes in S\/M and L\/XL. This \u003cstrong\u003eL\/XL\u003c\/strong\u003e is best for a wider face, a beard or if you want to wear the mask loosely. For a narrow face, S\/M fits more closely. Oakley does not give sizes in centimetres; feel free to ask us for advice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow to use the mask\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnder an open-face or modular helmet against wind and insects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor outdoor work in dusty environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOn the bike or on a walk in cold wind\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e1x Oakley Mask Loose Blackout, size L\/XL\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and service\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree shipping within the Netherlands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShipped from our own warehouse in Rosmalen (NL), no dropshipping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrders are processed within 1-2 working days; delivery in the Netherlands and Belgium usually within 2-3 working days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-day cooling-off period\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePersonal customer service via support@zenxstore.nl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I wear the black Oakley Mask Loose under a motorcycle helmet?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe mask is compact and only covers your mouth and nose, so it fits under many helmets. Do check that your helmet still fits properly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the difference between Blackout and Universal Blue?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOnly the colour: Blackout is all black, Universal Blue is blue. The model and sizes are the same.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs size L\/XL too big for a narrow face?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOn a narrow face, L\/XL may sit more loosely; in that case choose S\/M for a snugger fit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs the Oakley Mask Loose washable?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the mask is reusable and washable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTake a look at our other \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/sport-outdoor-kleding\"\u003esports and outdoor clothing\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Oakley","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42757510365333,"sku":"m,\/;\/l","price":20.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0495\/6225\/5509\/products\/888392554406_cloth-face-covering-loose_x-x_alternate_001.png?v=1663020502"},{"product_id":"oakley-neck-gaiter-painted-gray-camo","title":"Oakley Neck Gaiter Painted Gray Camo – Camouflage Neck Warmer","description":"\u003ch2\u003eOakley Neck Gaiter in Painted Gray Camo\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eOakley Neck Gaiter Painted Gray Camo\u003c\/strong\u003e is the camouflage version of Oakley's lightweight neck gaiter (FOS900712-9PY), with a grey painted camo print. Like the solid-colour versions, it is made from 100% polyester double-layer interlock fabric with, according to Oakley, moisture-wicking Hydrolix fabric and odour-resistant technology. Wear it as a neck warmer, snood or over your mouth and nose.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe grey camo suits outdoor and tactical clothing, hunting and airsoft, but also works on the slopes or on the motorbike if you want something other than plain black or blue. Grey is less conspicuous than green camo and pairs with both dark and light jackets. If you want it in another colour, Oakley also offers Blackout and Universal Blue.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGrey camo print (Painted Gray Camo)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHydrolix moisture-wicking fabric (according to Oakley)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOdour-resistant technology (according to Oakley)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight double-layer interlock fabric\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReflective label on the back\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWear as a neck warmer, snood or face covering\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMachine washable and reusable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOakley\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNeck Gaiter (FOS900712-9PY)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePainted Gray Camo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eS\/M or L\/XL – ask us which size this piece is\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMaterial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% polyester, double-layer interlock fabric\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTechnology (according to Oakley)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydrolix moisture-wicking fabric, odour-resistant technology\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDetails\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eReflective label on the back, B1B logo top left\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCare\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMachine washable, reusable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhich size should I choose?\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOakley makes the Neck Gaiter in S\/M (slim, snug around the neck) and L\/XL (roomier, easy to wear over a collar). This camo version has no size in the product name; email us at support@zenxstore.nl before you order and we will confirm the size on the label.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eWash the gaiter in the washing machine and let it air dry, so the print and the lightweight fabric stay looking good for longer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e1x Oakley Neck Gaiter Painted Gray Camo\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and service\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree shipping within the Netherlands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShipped from our own warehouse in Rosmalen (NL), no dropshipping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrders are processed within 1-2 working days; delivery in the Netherlands and Belgium usually within 2-3 working days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-day cooling-off period\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePersonal customer service via support@zenxstore.nl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the difference between Painted Gray Camo and Painted Green Camo?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth are Oakley Neck Gaiters with a painted camo print; Gray Camo has grey tones, Green Camo green ones. The fabric and technology are the same.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs the camo neck gaiter suitable for airsoft or hunting?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, you can use it as a neck warmer and face covering for outdoor activities; the grey print goes well with tactical clothing.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat size is this Oakley Neck Gaiter?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe size is not in the product name. Email us before you order and we will check the label for you.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes the neck gaiter keep me dry during sport?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOakley uses Hydrolix fabric, which according to Oakley wicks away moisture and improves breathability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTake a look at our other \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/sport-outdoor-kleding\"\u003esports and outdoor clothing\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Oakley","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42757779062933,"sku":"42753753","price":20.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0495\/6225\/5509\/products\/193517146672_neck-gaiter_painted-grey-camo_main_001.jpg?v=1663030265"},{"product_id":"oakley-canvas-flyer-sneaker-blackout-maat-8-5-eur-42","title":"Oakley Canvas Flyer Men's Trainers – Blackout, Black Canvas with Rubber Sole","description":"\u003ch2\u003eOakley Canvas Flyer trainers in Blackout\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eOakley Canvas Flyer trainer in Blackout\u003c\/strong\u003e is a classic low-top lace-up canvas shoe for anyone looking for a simple, all-black sneaker that goes with almost everything. Oakley makes the upper from 100% canvas with double stitching and sets it on a flat rubber outsole.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThanks to the padded tongue, collar and lining and the cushioned, breathable insole, the Canvas Flyer is comfortable for a day in the city, at the campsite or at a festival. The Blackout version is completely black, so dirt shows less than on a white canvas shoe. The Ellipse logo on both sides and the metal eyelets complete the look. We have it in EU 41 (US 8), EU 42 (US 8.5) and EU 43 (US 9.5).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e100% canvas upper with double stitching\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlat rubber outsole with good grip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePadded tongue, collar and lining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCushioned, breathable insole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMetal eyelets and Ellipse logo on the sides\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAll black: stains are less noticeable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOakley\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCanvas Flyer Sneaker\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlackout (13551-02E)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSizes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEU 41 (US 8), EU 42 (US 8.5), EU 43 (US 9.5)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% canvas, double stitched\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCushioned, breathable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutsole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% flat rubber sole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eClosure\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLaces with metal eyelets\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEAN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEU 41: 190645666874 · EU 42: 190645666942 · EU 43: 190645964239\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFit and size\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Canvas Flyer Blackout is available in EU 41 (US 8), EU 42 (US 8.5) and EU 43 (US 9.5). Oakley uses US men's sizes; each variant shows the EU size alongside the US size. Canvas gives less than knit, so if in doubt, don't size too small. Measure your foot length and compare it with the size chart on oakley.com, or email us.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e1 pair of Oakley Canvas Flyer trainers in Blackout\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and service\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree shipping within the Netherlands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShipped from our own warehouse in Rosmalen (NL), no dropshipping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrders are processed within 1-2 working days; delivery in the Netherlands and Belgium usually within 2-3 working days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-day cooling-off period\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePersonal customer service via support@zenxstore.nl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow do I clean black canvas trainers?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eLet any mud dry first, then brush it off. Next, dampen a soft brush or cloth with lukewarm water and a little mild soap and clean the canvas in small circles. Wipe with a clean damp cloth and let the Canvas Flyer air dry, not on a radiator or in the sun.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhich sizes of the Oakley Canvas Flyer Blackout are available?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe have the Canvas Flyer Blackout in stock in EU 41 (US 8), EU 42 (US 8.5) and EU 43 (US 9.5). You can see availability per size directly when selecting your size. If your size is not listed, email support@zenxstore.nl and we will see what is possible.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs the Canvas Flyer a sports shoe or a casual trainer?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Canvas Flyer is a casual trainer: a classic low-top lace-up model with a canvas upper and a flat rubber sole. It is made for everyday wear, not for running or intensive sport. For an active day with lots of walking, the EV Zero models with EVZero midsole are a better choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs the sole of the Canvas Flyer made of rubber?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Oakley specifies a 100% flat rubber outsole. A flat sole like this gives plenty of ground contact and is typical of classic canvas trainers. Inside there is a cushioned, breathable insole, and the tongue, collar and lining are padded for extra comfort.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTake a look at other Oakley trainers in our \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/sport-outdoor-kleding\"\u003eSport, Outdoor \u0026amp; Clothing\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Oakley","offers":[{"title":"Size EU 43 US 9.5","offer_id":48525746897222,"sku":"S02352","price":60.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Maat EU 42 US 8.5","offer_id":56361652126022,"sku":"ZX","price":60.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Maat EU 41 US 8","offer_id":56361652158790,"sku":"411sdv","price":60.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0495\/6225\/5509\/products\/190645666942_oakley-canvas-flyer-sneaker_blackout_main_001.jpg?v=1663032333"},{"product_id":"oakley-oakley-b1b-classic-slip-on-b1b-camo-desert-maat-11-eur-45","title":"Oakley B1B Classic Slip On Men's Slip-Ons – Camo Desert, Vulcanised Sole","description":"\u003ch2\u003eOakley B1B Classic Slip On in Camo Desert\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eOakley B1B Classic Slip On in Camo Desert\u003c\/strong\u003e is a laceless slip-on for men who want to get out of the door fast: slide your foot in and go. Oakley designed it with a Southern California surf lifestyle in mind, with a vulcanised construction and a rubber outsole.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Camo Desert camouflage print sets this slip-on apart from the usual plain slip-ons. The upper combines cotton with leather panels, the lining is made from breathable Hydrolix mesh and the EVA insole can be removed for cleaning. Wear it with shorts in summer, after sport or on the beach at Scheveningen. The heel pull tab makes it easy to put on. We have it in stock in EU 45 (US 11).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLaceless slip-on with heel pull tab\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVulcanised construction with rubber outsole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemovable EVA insole, easy to clean\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBreathable Hydrolix mesh lining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater-repellent DWR finish according to Oakley\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eB1B logo label on the side and B1B logo on the back of the sole\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOakley\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eB1B Classic Slip On\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eB1B Camo Desert (FOF100152-9H1)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEU 45 (US 11)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCotton and leather\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLining\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eHydrolix mesh\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemovable, EVA\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutsole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRubber, vulcanised\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurable Water Repellent (DWR)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEAN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e193517115555\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFit and size\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis B1B Classic Slip On is available in EU 45 (US 11). Oakley uses US men's sizes. With a slip-on, a good fit around the heel is important because there are no laces to adjust. Measure your foot length and compare it with the size chart on oakley.com, or email us your size in another slip-on.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e1 pair of Oakley B1B Classic Slip On in Camo Desert\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and service\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree shipping within the Netherlands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShipped from our own warehouse in Rosmalen (NL), no dropshipping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrders are processed within 1-2 working days; delivery in the Netherlands and Belgium usually within 2-3 working days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-day cooling-off period\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePersonal customer service via support@zenxstore.nl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the Camo Desert version of the Oakley B1B?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eCamo Desert is Oakley's name for a desert-style camouflage print, with colour code FOF100152-9H1. On the B1B Classic Slip On, the print is on the upper, combined with the B1B logo label on the side. It is an eye-catching yet very wearable print for casual summer outfits.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes the B1B Classic Slip On have laces?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is a true slip-on. You slide your foot in and use the heel pull tab to pull it on easily. That makes it handy for short trips, after sport or if you often take your shoes off and on. Do choose the right size, as you cannot adjust the fit with laces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the Oakley B1B Classic Slip On made of?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eAccording to Oakley, the upper is made of cotton and leather. Inside there is a breathable Hydrolix mesh lining and a removable EVA insole. The outsole is rubber and vulcanised to the upper. Oakley also gives the shoe a water-repellent DWR finish against moisture.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I clean the insole of the B1B?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. The EVA insole is removable, so you can brush it out separately or clean it with a damp cloth and a little mild soap. Then let it air dry, not on a radiator. Clean the upper carefully with a soft brush.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou will find more slip-ons, trainers and outdoor clothing in our \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/sport-outdoor-kleding\"\u003eSport, Outdoor \u0026amp; Clothing\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Oakley","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42758705938581,"sku":"7535442","price":65.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0495\/6225\/5509\/products\/193517115555_oakley-b1b-classic-slip-on_b1b-camo-desert_main_001.jpg?v=1663065056"},{"product_id":"oakley-ev-zero-pattern-sulphur-maat-11-eur-45","title":"Oakley EV Zero Pattern Men's Trainers – Sulphur, Lightweight Knit with CellFit Insole","description":"\u003ch2\u003eOakley EV Zero Pattern trainers in Sulphur\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eOakley EV Zero Pattern in Sulphur\u003c\/strong\u003e is a lightweight men's trainer in a bold colour, for anyone who is active and wants their shoes to stand out. Oakley builds it on an EVZero midsole made from its own EVA foam, with an outsole of EVA and rubber inserts.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Sulphur colourway makes the shoe the centrepiece of your outfit. The knit upper of polyester and TPU is breathable and gets a water-repellent DWR finish from Oakley. The Ellipse logo on the tongue and side completes the look. Also for smaller feet: we have it in EU 40.5 (US 7.5), EU 42 (US 8.5), EU 44 (US 10) and EU 45 (US 11).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBold Sulphur colourway\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBreathable knit with TPU inserts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEVZero midsole for light cushioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEVA outsole with rubber inserts for grip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCellFit insole with 20-30% recycled materials\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater-repellent DWR finish according to Oakley\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOakley\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEV Zero Pattern\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSulphur (FOF100140-762)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSizes\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEU 40.5 (US 7.5), EU 42 (US 8.5), EU 44 (US 10), EU 45 (US 11)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eKnit: 65% polyester, 35% TPU\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEVA, breathable CellFit insole (20-30% recycled according to Oakley)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMidsole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEVZero (EVA foam)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutsole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEVA with rubber inserts\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurable Water Repellent (DWR)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEAN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEU 40.5: 8056153064200 · EU 42: 8056153064217 · EU 44: 8056153064132 · EU 45: 8056153064149\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFit and size\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe EV Zero Pattern Sulphur is available in EU 40.5 (US 7.5), EU 42 (US 8.5), EU 44 (US 10) and EU 45 (US 11). Oakley uses US men's sizes. If you have a small men's size, EU 40.5 is an option. Measure your foot length and compare it with the size chart on oakley.com, or email us.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e1 pair of Oakley EV Zero Pattern trainers in Sulphur\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and service\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree shipping within the Netherlands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShipped from our own warehouse in Rosmalen (NL), no dropshipping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrders are processed within 1-2 working days; delivery in the Netherlands and Belgium usually within 2-3 working days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-day cooling-off period\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePersonal customer service via support@zenxstore.nl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat colour is the Oakley EV Zero Pattern Sulphur?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eSulphur is Oakley's name for this colourway, with colour code FOF100140-762. It is a bold colour within the EV Zero Pattern range. See the product photo for the exact shade; if you are unsure how the colour looks in real life, feel free to email us at support@zenxstore.nl.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat does Oakley's CellFit insole do?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eCellFit is Oakley's name for a breathable EVA insole. In the EV Zero Pattern it helps keep your feet cool during a long day on your feet. According to Oakley, this insole is made with 20-30% recycled materials. Together with the EVZero midsole, it provides the shoe's comfort.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs the EV Zero Pattern Sulphur available in small men's sizes?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe have the Sulphur version from EU 40.5 (US 7.5), as well as in EU 42 (US 8.5), EU 44 (US 10) and EU 45 (US 11). We do not stock sizes smaller than EU 40.5 in this colour. Email support@zenxstore.nl if you are looking for a different size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I use the EV Zero Pattern for sport?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOakley designed the EV Zero Pattern as a lightweight trainer for an active lifestyle. It works well for walking, travelling, light workouts and a day on your feet thanks to the EVZero cushioning. For longer-distance running or intensive court sports, we recommend a specialised sports shoe.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAlso take a look at the Lake Blue version and other Oakley trainers in our \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/sport-outdoor-kleding\"\u003eSport, Outdoor \u0026amp; Clothing\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Oakley","offers":[{"title":"EU 40.5 US 7.5","offer_id":48660692762950,"sku":"S02553","price":60.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"EU 42 US 8.5","offer_id":56361651896646,"sku":"S02552","price":60.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"EU 44 US 10","offer_id":56361651929414,"sku":"S02454","price":60.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"EU45 US 11","offer_id":56361651962182,"sku":"S02553","price":60.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0495\/6225\/5509\/products\/8056153064132_ev-zero-pattern_sulphur_main_001.jpg?v=1663065332"},{"product_id":"oakley-atom-premium-fathom-maat-10-eur-44","title":"Oakley Atom Premium Men's Trainers – Fathom, Leather with Nappa Lining","description":"\u003ch2\u003eOakley Atom Premium trainers in Fathom\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eOakley Atom Premium trainer in Fathom\u003c\/strong\u003e is a men's leather trainer for anyone looking for a smart, understated shoe that is still comfortable enough to wear all day. The upper is leather, the lining is premium nappa leather and underfoot there is a removable EVA insole that is also finished with nappa leather.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFathom is a dark blue shade: less harsh than black, so it looks great with grey or beige chinos, dark jeans and a blue shirt. The embossed Ellipse logo on the side and the contrast colour on the heel keep the design modern and restrained. Oakley gives the leather a water-repellent DWR finish, handy on a wet Dutch morning. We have this version in stock in one size: EU 44 (US 10).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e100% leather upper with premium nappa leather lining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRemovable EVA insole with nappa leather for cushioning\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRubber outsole for grip on the street and office floors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater-repellent DWR finish according to Oakley\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEmbossed Ellipse logo and contrast colour on the heel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDark blue Fathom colour, easy to combine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOakley\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAtom Premium\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFathom (FOF100148-6AC)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSize\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEU 44 (US 10)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUpper\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% leather\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLining\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eNappa leather\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eInsole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRemovable, EVA with nappa leather\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOutsole\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRubber\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFinish\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDurable Water Repellent (DWR)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEAN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e193517115050\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFit and size\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis Atom Premium Fathom is available in EU 44 (US 10). Oakley makes the shoe in US men's sizes; we list the corresponding EU size. Because the insole is removable, you can replace it with your own orthotic insole. Unsure about the size? Compare your foot length with the size chart on oakley.com or email us your size in another trainer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e1 pair of Oakley Atom Premium trainers in Fathom\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and service\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree shipping within the Netherlands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShipped from our own warehouse in Rosmalen (NL), no dropshipping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrders are processed within 1-2 working days; delivery in the Netherlands and Belgium usually within 2-3 working days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-day cooling-off period\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePersonal customer service via support@zenxstore.nl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat colour exactly is Oakley Fathom?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eFathom is a dark blue colourway. On the Atom Premium, the leather comes in this shade, with a contrast colour on the heel and an embossed Ellipse logo on the side. It is a calm colour that is easier to combine than bright blue and looks less severe than all black, ideal for casual workdays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs the Oakley Atom Premium Fathom suitable for the office?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it works well. It is a smooth leather trainer without eye-catching sporty details, with a nappa leather lining. Paired with chinos or trousers and a shirt, it suits a smart-casual dress code. With a formal suit and dress shoes, it is of course still a trainer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhich size of the Atom Premium Fathom does ZenXstore have?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe have this version in stock in size EU 44, which corresponds to US 10 in Oakley men's sizes. Looking for a different size? Email support@zenxstore.nl and we will let you know whether we can supply it. Orders are shipped from our warehouse in Rosmalen.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I take out the insole of the Atom Premium?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes. Oakley fits the Atom Premium with a removable EVA insole with a nappa leather top layer. You can take it out to air it or replace it with your own insole or orthotic. Do check that the shoe still offers enough room with your insole.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eSee more Oakley trainers and outdoor clothing in our \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/sport-outdoor-kleding\"\u003eSport, Outdoor \u0026amp; Clothing\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Oakley","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42758791626901,"sku":"S03452","price":60.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0495\/6225\/5509\/products\/193517115050_atom-premium_fathom_main_001.jpg?v=1663067751"},{"product_id":"goggles-oakley-flight-deck-xm-citrus-paarse-montuurkleur-en-prizm-rose-glazen","title":"Oakley Flight Deck XM Ski Goggles – Citrus Purple Frame, Prizm Rose Lens","description":"\u003ch2\u003eOakley Flight Deck XM ski goggles with Prizm Rose lens\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eOakley Flight Deck XM ski goggles with Prizm Rose lens\u003c\/strong\u003e combine a purple Citrus Purple frame with a rose-tinted lens. These are goggles for anyone who wants to stand out on the slopes and needs a lens for partly cloudy days, when sun and cloud alternate. Oakley's Prizm technology keeps details and transitions in the snow more visible.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Flight Deck XM, now called Flight Deck M by Oakley, is the medium size of the Flight Deck. It suits a narrow to average face and compact helmets. The rimless design gives a wide field of view, and the goggles fit over most glasses. If you want the same goggles in a larger size, choose the Flight Deck L. For really bright sun at high altitude, a dark lens is recommended.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrizm Rose lens for partly cloudy and changeable weather\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEye-catching Citrus Purple frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMedium size for a narrow to average face\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWide, rimless field of view\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eF3 anti-fog coating and triple-layer foam with fleece lining\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits over most glasses thanks to cut-outs at the temples\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInterchangeable lens for different weather\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOakley\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlight Deck M, formerly Flight Deck XM (OO7064)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame colour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCitrus Purple\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLens\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrizm Rose\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight conditions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePartly cloudy, changing light\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium (M\/XM), wide fit, universal nose bridge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStrap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 mm wide, adjustable, with silicone lining\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLens construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDual Plutonite lens with F3 anti-fog coating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUV protection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% UVA, UVB and UVC, and blue light up to 400 nm (according to Oakley)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRimless, flexible O Matter frame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFoam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTriple-layer face foam with fleece lining\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlasses wearers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCut-outs at the temples, fits over most glasses\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEAN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e0888392174789\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFit and size\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOakley now calls the Flight Deck XM the Flight Deck M. It is the same goggle in a smaller size than the Flight Deck L: medium, with a wide fit. Choose the XM if you have a narrow to average face, or if the L presses against your cheekbones or nose. If your helmet does not work well with large goggles, the XM is often the better choice. If in doubt, email us your helmet brand and size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 pair of Oakley Flight Deck XM ski goggles, Citrus Purple, Prizm Rose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMicrobag for storing the goggles and cleaning the lens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and service\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree shipping within the Netherlands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShipped from our own warehouse in Rosmalen (NL), no dropshipping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrders are processed within 1-2 working days; delivery in the Netherlands and Belgium usually within 2-3 working days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-day cooling-off period\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePersonal customer service via support@zenxstore.nl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat weather is a Prizm Rose lens best for?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003ePrizm Rose is a medium-light rose lens for partly cloudy weather and changing light, such as a day when the sun occasionally disappears behind the clouds. It maintains contrast in the snow as the light becomes flatter. In full sun on a glacier a dark lens is more comfortable, and in thick fog a lighter one.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhat is the difference between Prizm Rose and Prizm Snow Hi Pink?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eBoth lenses are rose-tinted and enhance contrast, but Hi Pink is lighter and intended for snowfall and heavy cloud. Prizm Rose is slightly darker and therefore more versatile on days with sun and cloud. If you often ski in changeable weather, Rose is the more all-round choice.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs the Flight Deck XM suitable for women?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Flight Deck XM is unisex. Thanks to its medium size, it fits many women better than the large Flight Deck L, as it is less likely to press on the cheekbones or nose. Ultimately, the shape of your face and helmet determine the right size, not whether you are a man or a woman.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhich Flight Deck size do I need, L or XM?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Flight Deck L is large with a 50 mm strap and suits an average to wide face. The XM (now M) is medium with a 40 mm strap and suits a narrow to average face. If there is a gap between goggles and helmet or the goggles press on your nose, the size is not right.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou will find more ski and outdoor gear in our \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/sport-outdoor-kleding\"\u003eSport, outdoor and clothing\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Oakley","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42773977989269,"sku":"oakleygoole","price":149.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0495\/6225\/5509\/products\/4657192-13584494-thickbox.jpg?v=1674407363"},{"product_id":"apple-snellader-oplader-20w-met-kabel-usb-c-nieuw-apple-snel-oplader-3","title":"20W USB-C Fast Charger with Lightning Cable 1 m – Compatible with iPhone","description":"\u003ch2\u003e20W iPhone fast charger with USB-C to Lightning cable\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003e20W iPhone fast charger\u003c\/strong\u003e has a USB-C port and comes with a 1-metre USB-C to Lightning cable. Fast charging works on all iPhones from the iPhone 8 onwards: up to around 50% in about 30 minutes. Various iPad models with fast-charging support also charge faster with it.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOn this page you choose exactly what you need: the complete set, the adapter only, the cable only, or a combination with a magnetic wireless charger or a 4-in-1 charger. The adapter and cable are shipped in protective plastic without a box: less packaging waste and lower shipping weight.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFast charging: around 50% in 30 minutes from iPhone 8\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUSB-C adapter, also works with other USB-C cables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1-metre USB-C to Lightning cable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable separately or as a set\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan be combined with a wireless charger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLess packaging waste\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZenXstore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSB-C fast charger with cable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePower\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e20W\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdapter port\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSB-C\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSB-C to Lightning, 1 m\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePackaging\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eProtective plastic, no box\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEAN adapter + cable\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8720387803668\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEAN adapter only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8720387803675\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEAN cable only\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8720387803682\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEAN MagSafe single + adapter\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8720387803699\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEAN MagSafe Double + fast charger\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e7434947939919\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEAN Q20 4-in-1 charger\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8720387803538\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEAN MagSafe single\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6094029622637\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCompatible with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eiPhone 8, 8 Plus, X, XR, XS, XS Max, SE (2nd and 3rd generation), iPhone 11, 12, 13 and 14 series, and iPad models with Lightning. iPhone 15 and newer have USB-C: in that case choose the adapter only with a USB-C cable.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet: 1x 20W USB-C fast charger and 1x USB-C to Lightning cable (1 m)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther variants: the selected adapter, cable or wireless charger\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and service\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree shipping within the Netherlands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShipped from our own warehouse in Rosmalen (NL), no dropshipping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrders are processed within 1-2 working days; delivery in the Netherlands and Belgium usually within 2-3 working days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-day cooling-off period\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePersonal customer service via support@zenxstore.nl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes this fast charger work with my iPhone?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eFast charging works on all iPhones from the iPhone 8 onwards. The included cable is Lightning, so it is for iPhone 8 to 14.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I order just the adapter or just the cable?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, select the variant 'Losse Adapter 20 Watt' (adapter only) or 'Losse Kabel 1 meter' (cable only) at the top of the page.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhy is there no box?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eWe ship the adapter and cable in protective plastic. This makes the packaging lighter and creates less waste.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes the fast charger work with the iPhone 15?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe adapter does, with a USB-C to USB-C cable. The Lightning cable does not fit the iPhone 15 and newer.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eTake a look at our other \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/elektronica-opladen\"\u003echargers and electronics\u003c\/a\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ZenXstore","offers":[{"title":"Adapter 20 Watt + Cable 1 m","offer_id":42777473876117,"sku":"20w+lichnetkabel","price":22.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Losse Adapter 20 Watt","offer_id":56361651437894,"sku":"20w","price":19.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Losse Kabel 1 meter","offer_id":56361651470662,"sku":"kabel1m","price":15.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Magsafe singel + Adapter 20 Watt","offer_id":56361651503430,"sku":"magsafe+20w","price":39.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Magsafe Double + Snellader","offer_id":56361651536198,"sku":"doublemagsafe+snellader","price":25.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Q20 4 in 1 Oplader","offer_id":56361651568966,"sku":"Q20","price":25.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false},{"title":"Magsafe Singel","offer_id":56361651601734,"sku":"Magsafesingel","price":34.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0495\/6225\/5509\/products\/Artboard1.jpg?v=1663395441"},{"product_id":"oakley-flight-deck-xm-matte-black-goggle-2","title":"Oakley Flight Deck XM Ski Goggles Medium – Matte Black, Prizm Snow Persimmon Lens","description":"\u003ch2\u003eOakley Flight Deck XM Matte Black with Prizm Snow Persimmon\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe \u003cstrong\u003eOakley Flight Deck XM Matte Black\u003c\/strong\u003e is the medium Flight Deck with an orange Prizm Snow Persimmon lens. It is intended for skiers and snowboarders with a narrow to average face who are looking for all-round goggles for changeable and overcast weather. According to Oakley, the lens lets through 39% of light and is made for snow and cloud.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eIn grey weather, the contours in the snow blur. The Persimmon lens enhances that contrast, so you notice bumps, tracks and ice sooner. The black frame is understated and goes with any helmet. Oakley now calls the XM the Flight Deck M; it is smaller than the Flight Deck L and therefore often fits better under a compact helmet. For clear blue days high in the mountains, we recommend an additional dark lens.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMedium size for a narrow to average face\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrizm Snow Persimmon: 39% light transmission for snow and cloud\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMore contrast in flat light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRimless design with wide field of view and good helmet compatibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eF3 anti-fog coating on the dual Plutonite lens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMatte black frame with 40 mm silicone-lined strap\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInterchangeable lens; Prizm replacement lenses sold separately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOakley\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eModel\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFlight Deck M, formerly Flight Deck XM (OO7064)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eItem number\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eOO7064-84\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame colour\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMatte Black\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLens\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePrizm Snow Persimmon\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight transmission (VLT)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e39%\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLight conditions\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSnow and overcast (according to Oakley)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMedium (M\/XM), wide fit, universal nose bridge\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eStrap\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e40 mm wide, adjustable, with silicone lining\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLens construction\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDual Plutonite lens with F3 anti-fog coating\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUV protection\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e100% UVA, UVB and UVC, and blue light up to 400 nm (according to Oakley)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFrame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eRimless, flexible O Matter frame\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFoam\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTriple-layer face foam with fleece lining\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGlasses wearers\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCut-outs at the temples, fits over most glasses\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEAN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e888392447227\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFit and size\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003eOakley now calls the Flight Deck XM the Flight Deck M. It is the same goggle in a smaller size than the Flight Deck L: medium, with a wide fit. Choose the XM if you have a narrow to average face, or if the L presses against your cheekbones or nose. If your helmet does not work well with large goggles, the XM is often the better choice. If in doubt, email us your helmet brand and size.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 pair of Oakley Flight Deck XM ski goggles, Matte Black, Prizm Snow Persimmon\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMicrobag for storing the goggles and cleaning the lens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and service\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree shipping within the Netherlands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShipped from our own warehouse in Rosmalen (NL), no dropshipping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrders are processed within 1-2 working days; delivery in the Netherlands and Belgium usually within 2-3 working days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-day cooling-off period\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePersonal customer service via support@zenxstore.nl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs the Flight Deck XM with Persimmon lens a good all-round ski goggle?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor European ski areas with changeable weather, yes. With 39% light transmission, the Persimmon lens is intended by Oakley for snow and cloud, and it also works well on partly cloudy days. In full sun at high altitude it is on the light side; for that you can bring a dark replacement lens.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eShould I choose the Flight Deck XM or L?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eConsider your face and your helmet. The XM (now Flight Deck M) is medium and suits a narrow to average face and compact helmets. The Flight Deck L is larger with a 50 mm strap, for a wider face and maximum field of view. If the goggles press on your nose or cheeks, they are too big.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes the Flight Deck XM fit every helmet?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eOakley designed the Flight Deck rimless for a good fit with helmets. Whether it fits your helmet depends on the shape of the helmet rim. There should be no large gap between goggles and helmet, and the helmet should not push the goggles down. If in doubt, send us your helmet model.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eCan I wear these ski goggles over my glasses?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, with most glasses. The Flight Deck XM has cut-outs at the temples for the arms of your glasses. With large or tall frames the XM may feel tight; the Flight Deck L then offers more room. If in doubt, try it on at home with your own glasses.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou will find more ski and outdoor gear in our \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/sport-outdoor-kleding\"\u003eSport, outdoor and clothing\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Oakley","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42779203698837,"sku":"‎B01FVQA0S4","price":119.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0495\/6225\/5509\/products\/888392447227_flight-deck-m_matte-black-prizm-snow-persimmon_main_001.png?v=1663435978"},{"product_id":"allround-helm-met-led-licht-voor-fietsen-elektrische-fietsen-skateboarden-outdoor-sport-met-2-jaar-garantie","title":"Bike Helmet with LED Rear Light – Bicycle, E-Bike, Scooter \u0026 Skate – Black\/White","description":"\u003ch2\u003eBike helmet with LED rear light for bicycle, e-bike, e-scooter and skateboard\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis \u003cstrong\u003ebike helmet with LED rear light\u003c\/strong\u003e is a lightweight, adjustable all-round helmet with an integrated rear light, so you are more visible at dusk and in the dark. Wear it on your bicycle, e-bike, electric scooter and skateboard. The helmet is made from shock-absorbing material, is available in black and white and comes with a 2-year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBeing seen is just as important as being protected. Especially in autumn and winter, when you ride home in the dark more often, a rear light at eye level makes you more visible to traffic behind you. The adjustable straps let you fit the helmet securely and comfortably on your head.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated LED rear light for better visibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFor bicycle, e-bike, electric scooter and skateboard\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight and adjustable for a good fit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShock-absorbing material\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in black and white\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2-year warranty\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZenXstore\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAll-round helmet (bicycle, e-bike, scooter, skate)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLighting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eIntegrated LED rear light\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFit\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eAdjustable straps\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eColours\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack, white\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWarranty\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 years\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEAN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBlack: 8720387803705 · White: 8720387803712\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eHow to use the helmet\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace the helmet straight on your head, just above your eyebrows\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjust the straps so the helmet does not slide back and forth when you shake your head\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSwitch on the LED rear light at dusk, in the dark and in poor visibility\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplace a helmet after a hard fall, even if you cannot see any damage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e1x bike helmet with LED rear light\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and service\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree shipping within the Netherlands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShipped from our own warehouse in Rosmalen (NL), no dropshipping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrders are processed within 1-2 working days; delivery in the Netherlands and Belgium usually within 2-3 working days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-day cooling-off period\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePersonal customer service via support@zenxstore.nl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eIs this helmet suitable for an electric scooter?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the helmet is made for bicycle, e-bike, electric scooter and skateboard.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill the helmet fit my head size?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe helmet is adjustable with straps. If you are unsure about the fit, contact us at support@zenxstore.nl.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhen should I use the rear light?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eSwitch on the LED light at dusk, in the dark and in poor visibility so you stand out better from behind.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWhich colours are available?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe helmet is available in black and in white, both with the same LED rear light.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou will find more gear in our \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/sport-outdoor-kleding\"\u003esport and outdoor\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ZenXstore","offers":[{"title":"black","offer_id":42780653977749,"sku":"Helmblack","price":39.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true},{"title":"white","offer_id":56361651142982,"sku":"hemlwhite","price":39.99,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0495\/6225\/5509\/products\/Screenshot2022-09-18at13.29.49.png?v=1760317850"},{"product_id":"ninebot-by-segway-ninebot-by-segway-telefoonhouder","title":"Phone Holder for Electric Scooter Handlebar – Compatible with Segway Ninebot","description":"\u003ch2\u003ePhone holder for your electric scooter handlebar\u003c\/h2\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith this \u003cstrong\u003ephone holder for your electric scooter\u003c\/strong\u003e you attach your smartphone securely to the handlebar. That way your route, speed app or music is always in view, without your phone rattling around loose in your jacket pocket or bag. The holder is compatible with Segway Ninebot scooters and fits most smartphones. Mounting requires no tools, so you can have it on your handlebar in a few minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eHandy for commuting, navigating an unfamiliar city or tracking your ride in an app. You can read your phone at a glance on the move while keeping both hands on the handlebar. Not sure whether the holder fits your handlebar? Measure the diameter of your handlebar and send us a message, and we will help you check. Please note: this is a compatible holder, not an original Segway product.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003eBenefits\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHolds your phone firmly in place on the handlebar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits most smartphones\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTool-free mounting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact and light, takes up little space on your handlebar\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoute and ride app always in view while riding\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with Segway Ninebot electric scooters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ctable\u003e\u003ctbody\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eZenXstore (compatible, not an original Segway product)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eType\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePhone holder for electric scooter handlebar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eMounting\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eTool-free\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eCompatible with\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSegway Ninebot electric scooters; most smartphones\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eEAN\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6094029439433\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/tbody\u003e\u003c\/table\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCompatible with\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSegway Ninebot electric scooters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMost smartphones\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther scooters with a similar handlebar diameter (feel free to ask us)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eWhat's in the box\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\u003cli\u003e1x handlebar phone holder\u003c\/li\u003e\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eShipping and service\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree shipping within the Netherlands\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShipped from our own warehouse in Rosmalen (NL), no dropshipping\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOrders are processed within 1-2 working days; delivery in the Netherlands and Belgium usually within 2-3 working days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e14-day cooling-off period\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePersonal customer service via support@zenxstore.nl\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003ch3\u003eFrequently asked questions\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003ch4\u003eWill my phone fit in this holder?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe holder fits most smartphones. If you have a very large device or a thick protective case, send us the model of your phone and case. We will let you know whether it fits, so you don't get any surprises when the holder arrives.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eDoes the holder also fit a bicycle?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe holder is made for the handlebar of an electric scooter. If your bicycle handlebar has a similar diameter where you want to mount the holder, you can use it on your bike too. If in doubt, measure your handlebar and just ask us.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eAm I allowed to use my phone while riding?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eIn the Netherlands you may not hold a mobile phone while riding, including on a bicycle or scooter. A phone in a handlebar holder to follow your route is allowed. Set up your navigation before you set off and do not operate your phone on the way. Outside the Netherlands, check the local rules.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch4\u003eHow do I mount the holder?\u003c\/h4\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou do not need any tools. Put the clamp around your handlebar, tighten it and then place your phone in the holder. Before each ride, quickly check that the holder is secure and cannot rotate, especially on bumpy roads or cobbles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eYou will find more accessories for your scooter in our \u003ca href=\"\/en\/collections\/e-mobility\"\u003eE-mobility\u003c\/a\u003e collection.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"ZenXstore","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":42781596647573,"sku":"nfinm'af","price":24.0,"currency_code":"EUR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0495\/6225\/5509\/products\/Screenshot2022-09-05at15.52.43.png?v=1663531849"}],"url":"https:\/\/zenxstore.com\/en\/collections\/bestsellers.oembed?page=2","provider":"ZenXstore","version":"1.0","type":"link"}